[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023001262A1 - Nick-ligate stlfr - Google Patents

Nick-ligate stlfr Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023001262A1
WO2023001262A1 PCT/CN2022/107241 CN2022107241W WO2023001262A1 WO 2023001262 A1 WO2023001262 A1 WO 2023001262A1 CN 2022107241 W CN2022107241 W CN 2022107241W WO 2023001262 A1 WO2023001262 A1 WO 2023001262A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
adapter
nucleic acid
stranded
terminus
double
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2022/107241
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Radoje T. Drmanac
Brock A. Peters
Andrei Alexeev
Snezana Drmanac
Amulya Nanisetti
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
MGI Tech Co Ltd
Original Assignee
MGI Tech Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by MGI Tech Co Ltd filed Critical MGI Tech Co Ltd
Priority to KR1020237044393A priority Critical patent/KR20240013182A/en
Priority to JP2024503572A priority patent/JP2024527626A/en
Priority to CA3219555A priority patent/CA3219555A1/en
Priority to US18/575,985 priority patent/US20240240174A1/en
Priority to CN202280051567.4A priority patent/CN118019856A/en
Priority to MX2023014612A priority patent/MX2023014612A/en
Priority to IL310293A priority patent/IL310293A/en
Priority to EP22845425.2A priority patent/EP4373959A4/en
Priority to AU2022313376A priority patent/AU2022313376A1/en
Publication of WO2023001262A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023001262A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6806Preparing nucleic acids for analysis, e.g. for polymerase chain reaction [PCR] assay
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/10Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
    • C12N15/1034Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
    • C12N15/1065Preparation or screening of tagged libraries, e.g. tagged microorganisms by STM-mutagenesis, tagged polynucleotides, gene tags
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/10Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
    • C12N15/1034Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
    • C12N15/1068Template (nucleic acid) mediated chemical library synthesis, e.g. chemical and enzymatical DNA-templated organic molecule synthesis, libraries prepared by non ribosomal polypeptide synthesis [NRPS], DNA/RNA-polymerase mediated polypeptide synthesis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/6853Nucleic acid amplification reactions using modified primers or templates
    • C12Q1/6855Ligating adaptors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869Methods for sequencing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2521/00Reaction characterised by the enzymatic activity
    • C12Q2521/30Phosphoric diester hydrolysing, i.e. nuclease
    • C12Q2521/307Single strand endonuclease
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2525/00Reactions involving modified oligonucleotides, nucleic acids, or nucleotides
    • C12Q2525/10Modifications characterised by
    • C12Q2525/191Modifications characterised by incorporating an adaptor
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2535/00Reactions characterised by the assay type for determining the identity of a nucleotide base or a sequence of oligonucleotides
    • C12Q2535/122Massive parallel sequencing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2563/00Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties
    • C12Q2563/149Particles, e.g. beads
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2563/00Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties
    • C12Q2563/179Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties the label being a nucleic acid

Definitions

  • Constructing sequencing libraries for commonly used next-generation sequencing platforms often requires adding adapters to both ends of the target nucleic acids. These adapters typically contain barcodes for sample or molecule identification. In some cases, co-barcoding is implemented to add the same barcode to sub-fragments of single long genomic DNA molecules to facilitate whole-genome sequencing.
  • the current processes of construction of sequencing libraries often require multi-step procedures to add adapters. Each of the steps are often carried out in separate reactions or vessels, which can be labor-intensive and inefficient.
  • this disclosure provides a method for preparing a library of adaptered polynucleotides for sequencing, comprising, in a single reaction mixture: (a) contacting a double-stranded target nucleic acid with one or more nicking agents to produce a plurality of overlapping nucleic acid fragments separated by staggered single-stranded breaks; (b) providing a plurality beads each comprising a plurality of branch ligation adapters immobilized on beads (b-BLAs) and providing population of L-adapters with a degenerate sequence at the 3’ terminus and (c) contacting the b-BLAs with at least one of the nucleic acid fragments in the presence of a ligase, whereby ligating the b-BLAs to the 3’ terminus of the nucleic acid fragments, (d) contact the population of L-adapters in the presence of a ligase thereby ligating the L-adapters to the 5’ terminus of the nucleic acid fragment
  • a method for preparing a library of polynucleotides for sequencing comprises in a single reaction mixture:
  • each first adapter comprises (i) a double-stranded blunt end comprising a 5’ terminus of one strand and a 3’ terminus of the complementary strand and (ii) a single-stranded region that is immobilized on a bead, wherein the single-stranded region comprises a barcode, thereby ligating the 5’ terminus of the strand in the double-stranded blunt end of at least one first adapters to the 3’ terminus of the at least one of the nucleic acid fragments using a DNA ligase to produce a ligated first adapter, wherein the ligated first adapter comprises the barcode and at least one nucleic acid fragment, (c) denaturing the ligated first adapter, and (d) performing a controlled extension of a primer hybridized to a sequence that is 3
  • a reaction mixture comprising (1) one or more nicking agents, (2) one or more ligases, (3) a plurality of overlapping nucleic acid fragments separated by staggered single-stranded breaks, and (4) a partially double-stranded branch adapter comprising a barcode oligonucleotide and hybridization oligonucleotide hybridized to each other to form partially double-stranded nucleic acid molecule, wherein the barcode oligonucleotide is joined to a bead and comprises a barcode, wherein the hybridization oligonucleotide is not joined to the bead, wherein the partially double-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprises (i) a double-stranded blunt end having a 5’ terminus and a 3’ terminus and (ii) a single-stranded region comprising the barcode and having a single-stranded end, wherein the 5’ terminus of the double-stranded blunt end is
  • FIG. 1 shows an exemplary work flow of a library preparation method.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates nicking a double-stranded target nucleic acid (210) to generate staggered single-stranded breaks (220) .
  • FIG. 2 also illustrates extending the breaks to creator extending the gap (230) between the fragments (240) separated by the breaks to prepare for ligation of adapters.
  • FIG. 3A and 3B shows an exemplary method of adding a b-BLA adapter (320) to the 3’ end of the target DNA (310) through branch ligation (320) and adding an L-adapter (340) to the 5’ end of the target DNA in one single reaction mixture.
  • FIG. 3A shows that a bead (300) comprise b-BLAs immobilized thereon.
  • Each b-BLA consists of two strands: 1) a barcode oligonucleotide comprising a barcode sequence (330) and a dideoxy blocker nucleotide at the 3’ end, and 2) a hybridization oligonucleotide, which is hybridized to the barcode oligonucleotide.
  • the 5’ of the barcode oligonucleotide is joined to the bead (300) .
  • the addition of the b-BLA adapter and L-adapter can occur in one single reaction.
  • the barcode (330) from the b-BLA adapter (340) was copied by extending the strand (350) that is not joined to the bead, which produces an extended nucleic acid fragment (360) .
  • Excess b-BLA adapters (370) i.e., b-BLA adapters that are not ligated to a fragment will also be extended.
  • the extended nucleic acid fragment (360) can be amplified using two primers annealed to the b-BLA adapter sequence and the L-adapter sequence at the two termini.
  • the extended nucleic acid fragment (360) can be circularized by using a split oligo that anneals to both adapter sequences, as further described below. See section 10 entitled ā€œAmplificationā€ .
  • the excess adapters (370) do not have an L-adapter and thus cannot be amplified by PCR or circularized.
  • FIG. 4 shows an exemplary method of adding a b-BLA (410) to the 3’ and an L-adapter (420) to the 5’ of the target DNA in one single reaction.
  • the L-adapters comprises protected bond (for example, a (phosphorothioate bond or the like) to prevent exonuclease digestion (indicated by *)
  • the barcode oligonucleotide of each b-BLA is blocked at the 3 end (e.g., by having a dideoxy blocker nucleotide) .
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide of the same b-BLA can be ligated to the target nucleic acid fragments through 3’ branch ligation.
  • the ligated product (450) formed by ligating the hybridization oligonucleotide and the target nucleic acid fragment is extended to incorporate the barcode (430) from the b-BLA to form an extended nucleic acid fragment (460) .
  • the extended nucleic acid fragment (460) can be released from the bead by denaturing, and the released fragment is then amplified by PCR or circularized.
  • excess b-BLA (440) can be degraded by a Lambda exonuclease and an exonuclease to avoid amplifying unligated adapters.
  • FIG. 5 shows another exemplary method of adding a b-BLA (510) to the 3’ and adding an L-adapter (520) to the 5’ of the target DNA in one single reaction similar to what is shown in FIG. 4.
  • the b-BLAs are immobilized on beads (500) .
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide is blocked and the barcode oligonucleotide can be ligated to the target nucleic acid fragment to produce barcoded nucleic acid fragment (550) ; there is no need to copy the barcode by extension.
  • both the excess b-BLA (560) and the ligated product are denatured, which results in single-stranded barcoded nucleic acid fragment (530) , which remains joined to the bead.
  • the b-BLA comprises uracils near the 3’ end of the barcode oligonucleotide; the barcoded nucleic acid fragment (530) produced as above can be released from the bead by contacting USER. This released strand (540) can then be amplified or directly circularized.
  • the excess b-BLAs (570) can be removed by RecJ or Exo7 treatment.
  • the ā€œ*ā€ represent the phosphorothioate bonds.
  • FIG. 6 shows an illustrative embodiment of the invention in which b-BLA are contacted with the target DNAs during the nickase treatment. Similar to FIG. 4, the barcode oligonucleotide of each b-BLA is blocked from being extended; but in FIG. 6, each barcode oligonucleotide may also comprise one or more uracils (610) between the barcode sequence (620) and the dideoxy blocker nucleotide.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide (630) can be ligated to a target nucleic acid fragment through branch ligation.
  • USER is then added to cleave the barcode oligonucleotide and release the dideoxy blocker nucleotide which results in barcode oligonucleotide having an extendible end (650) .
  • the ligated product (630) is extended to incorporate the barcode to form a barcoded nucleic acid fragment (640) .
  • the barcode oligonucleotide which is free of the blocker nucleotide at the 3’ (650) is also extended.
  • ExoIII which has 3’ ⁇ 5’ exonuclease activity, is then added to completely degrade the excess b-BLA (660) and also partially degrade the barcoded nucleic acid fragment from 3’ ⁇ 5’ direction, which results in a partially hybridized barcoded target nucleic acid fragment (670) .
  • Said partially hybridized barcoded target nucleic acid fragment (670) is then extended to form a double-stranded barcoded nucleic acid fragment (680) , which is then ligated with a second adapter through blunt end ligation.
  • the second adapters do not comprise 5’ phosphate group to minimize self-ligation.
  • the ligation product is denatured to form a single-stranded nucleic acid fragment (690) , which now has adapter sequences at both ends.
  • the single-stranded nucleic acid fragment (690) can now be amplified by PCR or circularized.
  • FIG. 7A and 7B show another embodiment of the invention in which b-BLAs are immobilized to a bead (700) .
  • Each b-BLA comprises a barcode oligonucleotide (710) and a hybridization oligonucleotide (720) hybridized to each other.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide comprises a dideoxy blocker nucleotide at the 3’ end, and the barcode oligonucleotide comprises uracils at a locus that is 5’ to the barcode sequence (790) .
  • the barcode oligonucleotide is ligated to the nickase-treated target nucleic acid fragment and form a barcoded nucleic acid fragment (730) through branch ligation.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide is removed by denaturing;
  • a nuclease such as RecJ or ExoVII is added to degrade the single-stranded excess b-BLA (740) ;
  • a primer (750) is annealed to a sequence 5’ of the barcode on the barcoded nucleic acid fragment (730) and extended to form a double-stranded DNA molecule (760) ;
  • the double-stranded DNA molecule is then ligated to a second, double-stranded adapter (770) to form a double-stranded molecule (780) with adapter sequences at both ends, one adapter sequence from the branch adapter and the other adapter sequence from the second, double-stranded adapter.
  • the second adapter does not comprise a 5’ phosphate to avoid self-ligation.
  • the double-stranded molecule (780) with duaL-adapter sequences are then denatured and released from the bead by USER, resulting in a single-stranded molecule (781) , which can then be amplified and/or circularized.
  • FIG. 8 shows an illustrative embodiment of the invention in which b-BLAs are immobilized to a bead (800) .
  • Each b-BLA comprises a barcode oligonucleotide (820) and a hybridization oligonucleotide (810) .
  • the barcode oligonucleotide (820) comprises a dideoxy blocker nucleotide at the 3’.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide in the b-BLA is ligated to the target nucleic acid fragment via branch ligation during the nickase treatment.
  • a lambda exonuclease and exonuclease I is added to the reaction to remove the excess b-BLAs (830) .
  • the ligation product formed by ligating the hybridization oligonucleotide and the target nucleic acid fragment is extended to copy the barcode, which results in a barcoded nucleic acid fragment (840) , which is separated from the barcode oligonucleotide by denaturing.
  • a primer is annealed to the single-stranded molecule at a sequence 3’ to the barcode sequence and extended.
  • the extension forms a double-stranded molecule (850) , which is then ligated to a second adapter to form a double-stranded nucleic acid fragment (860) having adapter sequence at both ends.
  • the double-stranded nucleic acid fragment (860) can then be amplified by PCR.
  • the double-stranded nucleic acid fragment can be denatured to form single-stranded nucleic acid fragment, which is then circularized.
  • the second adapter lacks a 5’ phosphate, which can minimize self-ligation of individual second adapters.
  • FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B show another embodiment of the invention in which a b-BLAs are immobilized to the bead (900) .
  • Each b-BLA comprises a barcode oligonucleotide (910) and a hybridization oligonucleotide (920) hybridized to each other.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide (920) comprises a dideoxy blocker nucleotide at the 3’ end.
  • the barcode oligonucleotide is ligated to the nickase-treated target nucleic acid fragment and form a barcoded nucleic acid fragment (930) through branch ligation.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide is removed by denaturing.
  • a controlled polymerase extension is performed, which leaves a 5’ overhang (940) that can be used for 3’ branch ligation.
  • the controlled extension only goes about 100-150 bases and is performed by a DNA polymerase that does not have 3-5’ exonuclease activity resulting in an A tail (950) at the end of the template. This will cause complete extension and A tailing of excess adapter, but those adapters ligated to genomic fragments will be incomplete.
  • ligation is performed with a hairpin adapter with a T tail complementary to the A tail of the extended excess adapters, resulting the excess adapters (960) being blocked from ligation or extension while the remaining adapters ligated to the target nucleic acid fragments (970) are not blocked (i.e., these remaining adapters are unable to ligate to the hairpin adapters) .
  • the terminators can be added at different concentrations or at different time points during different cycles to produce extension products having different length, which can provide overlapping coverage across most of the bases of each fragment during the sequencing process.
  • the remaining adapters (970) are further extended with reversible terminators, followed by a reaction to remove the terminator blocking group, and then 3’ branch ligation is performed to add a second adapter (980) to target nucleic acid fragment at the end.
  • the reaction is then denatured and the single-stranded molecule comprising two adapter sequences at both ends (990) can then be amplified by PCR or circularized.
  • FIG. 10A and FIG. 10B show another embodiment of the invention that involves performing a controlled extension. Similar to FIG. 9A and 9B.
  • the b-BLA used in this embodiment is also a branch adapter, which comprises a barcode oligonucleotide and a hybridization oligonucleotide (1020) hybridized to each other.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide (1020) comprises a dideoxy blocker nucleotide at the 3’ end.
  • the barcode oligonucleotide is ligated to the nickase-treated target nucleic acid fragment and form a barcoded nucleic acid fragment (1030) through branch ligation.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide is removed by denaturing.
  • a controlled polymerase extension is performed using a polymerase with 3-5’ exonuclease activity under conditions to limit the extension to about 100-150 bases. This leaves a 5’ overhang (1040) that can be used for 3’ branch ligation. This results in an incomplete extension for those adapters ligated to a target nucleic acid fragment (1040) and complete extension for the excess adapters (1050) . which form a blunt end dsDNA adapter with a 5’ phosphate. A lambda exonuclease is then added to the reaction and Lambda degrades the blunt end dsDNA adapter with the 5’ phosphate (1050) .
  • Lambda exonuclease prefers phosphorylated double-stranded DNA over single-stranded DNA, so adaptered short inserts (such as 1050) would be preferentially degraded over long DNA inserts (such as 1040) .
  • the remaining steps of the method, as shown in FIG. 10B, are similar to those depicted in FIG. 9A and 9B.
  • FIG. 11A shows performing controlled extensions as described in FIG. 10A, which fully extend the excess adapters (1150) and partially extend the ligated products (1140) .
  • FIG. 11B shows that the partially extended ligation products (1140) are then further extended in the presence of reversible terminators, followed by removal of the terminator blocking group in the reversible terminators, then ligated with a second adapter (1160) . This results in the blunt-end ligation of the excess adapter (1150) and 3’ branch ligation of the barcoded target nucleic acid fragments (1170) to form a nucleic acid fragment having adapter sequences at both ends (1180) .
  • the unligated strand (1190) is extended by a strand displacing polymerase under extension-controlling conditions so that the unligated strand only extends about 100-150 bases.
  • This extension results in the strand displacement of the adaptered nucleic acid fragment that remains immobilized onto the bead and the release of adaptered nucleic acid fragment (1190) .
  • the release of adaptered nucleic acid fragment can be collected in the solution.
  • the beads can be reused for the next cycle of controlled extension. Similar to other embodiments described above involving reversible terminators, the terminators can be added at different concentrations or at different time points during different cycles to produce extension products having different length. This advantageously provides overlapping coverage across most of the bases of each fragment during the sequencing process.
  • FIG. 12A and FIG. 12B show the results of electrophoresis of nick-ligate products formed using methods disclosed herein.
  • Segmentase available from MGI, Shenzhen, P. R. China
  • Masterase Qiagen
  • FIG. 12C and FIG. 12D show the results of electrophoresis of products formed from two rounds of nick-ligate reactions. Segmentase was used in the reactions shown in FIG. 12C and masterase was used the reactions shown in FIG. 12D.
  • nick-ligate or ā€œnick-ligationā€ single tube LFR methods for preparing sequencing libraries.
  • the methods introduce single-stranded breaks (e.g., nicks or gaps) in double-stranded target nucleic acids with controlled speed, frequency, or both.
  • the methods also ligate adapter (s) to the 3’ (3-prime) side of the break, the 5’ (5-prime) side of the break, or both sides of the nicks or gaps, as further described below. Addition of one or more adapters produces an ā€œadaptered fragment. ā€
  • Enzymatic reactions involved in preparing the library e.g., nicking and ligating, can be performed in one single mixture to produce libraries of target nucleic acids with desired adapters and barcodes.
  • the nick-ligate methods have certain advantages that are particularly suitable for de novo assembly of sequence reads for large genomic fragment sequencing.
  • the process creates overlapping single-stranded nucleic acid fragments that remain associated with each other during the entire process of library preparation.
  • the methods disclosed herein avoid material loss and increase the clone coverage of target nucleic acids.
  • the nick-ligate methods avoid the bias caused by transposase preference for certain DNA sequences.
  • the library preparation and co-barcoding processes disclosed herein can be carried out as single-step, single-tube preparation.
  • the size of the adaptered fragments created by the methods disclosed herein can be controlled by controlling the components in the reaction regardless of target nucleic acid.
  • the size of the target nucleic acid fragments produced by other existing transposon-based methods is affected by the amount of high molecular weight genomic DNA in the reaction, and thus often difficult to control.
  • size can be controlled by, e.g., balancing the amount of nicking agents and ligases.
  • Steps 1 and 2 a double-stranded nucleic acid is nicked to produce staggered single-stranded breaks (220) .
  • Step 3 the breaks are extended (equivalently, ā€œwidenedā€ or ā€œgap openedā€ ) by ā€œgapping enzymesā€ such as the Klenow fragment (in the absence of nucleotides) .
  • these nicking and gapping processes produce single-stranded gaps and overlapping nucleic acid fragments (240) ( ā€œfragmentsā€ ) . A portion of each of these fragments remains hybridized to a portion of another fragment having a complementary sequence.
  • the fragments are ligated to adapters.
  • One of the adapters may be a branch ligation adapter immobilized on a bead, referred to as bead-linked branch ligation adapter or B-BLA.
  • the other adapter may be an L-adapter that is provided in solution.
  • excess adapters i.e., adapters that are not ligated to any of the fragments
  • nucleases Step 4 .
  • adaptered fragments are widened to produce double-stranded fragments that include the barcode sequence.
  • the nicking and ligating can occur in a single reaction and may occur simultaneously.
  • the nicking and ligation reaction may last at least 30 minutes, e.g., at least 60 minutes, at least 90 minutes, or at least 120+ minutes.
  • the double-stranded fragments are denatured to form single-stranded molecules.
  • Step 6 the denatured nucleic acid fragments are amplified, e.g., by PCR using primers annealed to the adapter sequences at both ends of the fragment.
  • the denatured nucleic acid fragments can be circularized and amplified.
  • Components or a reaction in ā€œa single reaction mixture, ā€ means that the reaction occurs in a single mixture without compartmentalization into separate tubes, vessels, aliquots, wells, chambers, or droplets during tagging steps. Components can be added simultaneously or in any order to make the single reaction mixture.
  • staggered single-stranded breaks refers to breaks (produced by nicking or gapping) introduced into single strands of a double-stranded or partially double-stranded DNA molecule , resulting in a plurality of overlapping single-stranded nucleic acid fragments hybridized to other single-stranded nucleic acid fragments
  • a portion of the 5’ sequence is complementary to at least a portion of the 5’ sequence of another nucleic acid fragment and at least a portion of the 3’ sequence is complementary to at least a portion of the 3’ sequence of yet another nucleic acid fragment such that under hybridization conditions a plurality of nucleic acid fragments hybridize to each other to form a nucleic acid complex.
  • nucleic acid complex comprising four nucleic acid fragments separated by staggered single-stranded breaks is illustrated in FIG. 2. It will be appreciated that a nucleic acid complex (or ā€œcomplexā€ ) may, and typically does, comprise more than four nucleic acid fragments.
  • partially double-stranded refers to two DNA strands that are hybridized to each other and at least a portion of one strand is not hybridized the other strand.
  • the two DNA strands of a partially double-stranded DNA may be of different length or may be of the same length.
  • UMI unique molecular identifier
  • UMIs may be random, pseudo-random or partially random, or nonrandom nucleotide sequences that are inserted into adapters or otherwise incorporated in source nucleic acid (e.g, DNA) molecules to be sequenced.
  • source nucleic acid e.g, DNA
  • each UMI is expected to uniquely identify any given source DNA molecule present in a sample.
  • single tube LFR or ā€œstLFRā€ refers to the process described in, e.g., US patent publication 2014/0323316 and Wang et al., Genome Research, 29: 798-808 (2019) , the entire content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, in which, inter alia, multiple copies of the same, unique barcode sequence (or ā€œtagā€ ) are associated with individual long nucleic acid fragments.
  • the long nucleic acid fragment is labeled with ā€œinsertion oligonucleotidesā€ at regular intervals.
  • the insertion oligonucleotides are introduced into the long nucleic acid molecule by one or more enzymes, e.g., transposases, nickases, and ligases.
  • the barcode sequences among different long nucleic acid fragments are different.
  • the process of labeling individual long nucleic acid fragments can be conveniently performed in, e.g., a single vessel, without compartmentalization. This process allows analysis of a large number of individual DNA fragments without the need to separate fragments into separate tubes, vessels, aliquots, wells, or droplets during tagging steps.
  • a ā€œuniqueā€ barcode refers to a nucleotide sequence that is associated with, and can be used to distinguish, individual beads.
  • the barcode sequence associated with one bead is different from barcode sequences of at least 90%of the beads in the population, more often at least 99%of the beads in the population, even more often at least 99.5%of the beads in the population, and most often at least 99.9%of the beads in the population.
  • join used in connection with a polynucleotide and a substrate (for example, a bead) , refers to that the polynucleotide (or one terminus of the polynucleotide) directly contacts or is covalently linked to the substrate.
  • a surface may have reactive functionalities that react with functionalities on the polynucleotide molecules to form a covalent linkage.
  • a b-BLA is immobilized on a bead via joining either the barcode oligonucleotide or the hybridization oligonucleotide to the bead.
  • in solution when used to in connection with an adapter (or any other polynucleotide or polynucleotide complex) used in the methods or compositions disclosed herein, refers to that the adapter (or any other polynucleotide or polynucleotide complex) is not immobilized on a substrate and can freely move in solution.
  • a reaction performed in solution refers to that the reaction occurred between nucleic acids, all of which are in solution.
  • adapter refers to a ā€œbranch ligation adapter (BLA) ā€ as discussed below.
  • BLA branch ligation adapter
  • adapter refers to an ā€œL-adapterā€ as discussed below.
  • a BLA that is immobilized on a bead is referred to as a bead-linked branch ligation adapter ( ā€œb-BLAā€ ) .
  • a BLA that is in solution is referred to as solution branch ligation adapter ( ā€œs-BLAā€ )
  • adaptive nucleic acid fragment refers to a polynucleotide comprising one target nucleic acid fragment and one or more adapter sequences.
  • the one or more adapter sequence may be a sequence in the b-BLA or a sequence in an L-adapter, or both.
  • excess adapter e.g., an excess b-BLA adapter
  • unlighted adapter refers to an adapter that is immobilized on the bead but is not ligated to a target nucleic acid fragment despite being in a condition where other bead adapter is ligated to a target nucleic acid fragment.
  • extended nucleic acid fragment or ā€œbarcoded extension product, ā€ refers to the fragment ligated to the adapters and have extended to include a copy of the barcode.
  • ligated product refers to the product comprising a target nucleic acid fragment and at least an adapter sequence from the b-BLA adapter.
  • the ligated product may further comprise an adapter sequence from the b-BLA at one end and an adapter sequence from another adapter (e.g., the L-adapter) at the other end.
  • ligated first adapter refers to the product formed by ligation of a target nucleic acid fragment and a sequence of the first adapter.
  • adapter sequence refers to a sequence on either strand of an adapter as will be clear from context. That is, ā€œadapter sequence, ā€ can refer to both the sequence of an adapter on one strand and the complementary sequence on the second strand.
  • a b-BLA adapter sequence can be a sequence on the barcode oligonucleotide or a sequence on the hybridization oligonucleotide.
  • Branch ligation adapter ā€œBranch adapterā€ or ā€œBLA, ā€ refers to a partially double-stranded adapter.
  • Said partially double-stranded adapter comprises (i) a double-stranded blunt end comprising a 5’ terminus of one strand and a 3’ terminus of the complementary strand and (ii) a single-stranded region comprising a barcode sequence.
  • the 5’ terminus of the double- stranded region of the branch adapter can be ligated to the 3’ terminus of the nucleic acid fragment via branch ligation as further described below.
  • bead-immobilized branch ligation adapter or ā€œb-BLAā€ refers to a branch ligation adapter immobilized on a bead.
  • a b-BLA disclosed herein comprises a barcode oligonucleotide and a hybridization oligonucleotide, which are hybyridized to each other.
  • barcode oligonucleotide refers to the strand of the b-BLA that comprises a barcode sequence.
  • hybridization oligonucleotide refers to the strand of the branch ligation adapter that is complementary to the barcode oligonucleotide.
  • reversible terminator nucleotide or ā€œreversible terminator, ā€ refers to a nucleotide having a 3’ reversible blocking group.
  • Reversible blocking group refers to a group that can be cleaved to provide a hydroxyl group at the 3′-position of the nucleotide that can be ligated to the 5’ phosphate group of another nucleotide.
  • the reversible blocking group can be cleavable by an enzyme, a chemical reaction, heat, and/or light.
  • Exemplary nucleotides having 3’ reversible blocking groups are known in the art and disclosed in US Pat. No. 10,988,501, the relevant disclosure is herein incorporated by reference.
  • copy refers to generating a complementary nucleotide strand of a template by primer extension.
  • the nick-ligate method can be carried out according to various schemes. This section provides exemplary embodiments of the methods. A practitioner with skill in the arts of molecular biology and sequencing guided by this disclosure will recognize numerous variations of individual steps and reagents can be incorporated into the schemes below.
  • the target nucleic acids are combined with one or more nicking agents, which create staggered single-stranded breaks in double-stranded DNA.
  • the nicking agent is an enzyme (generally referred to as a ā€˜nickase’ ) , e.g., an endonuclease that cleaves a phosphodiester bond within a polynucleotide chain or removes one or more adjacent nucleotides from the polynucleotide chain.
  • the nickase is a non-sequence specific endonuclease, which nicks a DNA strand at random positions.
  • Non-limiting examples of nicking agents include vibrio vulnificus nuclease (Vvn) , Shrimp dsDNA specific endonuclease, DNAse I, segmentase (MGI) , and masterase (Qiagen) .
  • the nicking agent is a site-or sequence-specific nuclease such as a restriction endonuclease, that nicks DNA at its recognition sequence.
  • site-specific nickases include Nt. CviPII (CCD) , Nt. BspQI, and Nt. BbvCI, as described in Shuang-yong Xu, BioMol Concepts 2015; 6 (4) : 253-267, the entire disclosure is herein incorporated by reference.
  • nicking agents disclosed herein can also be chemical nicking agents.
  • the chemical nicking agents include dipeptide seryl-histidine (Ser-His) , Fe2+/H 2 O 2 , or Cu (II) complexes/H 2 O 2 .
  • nicking agents can be grouped into categories such as non-specific nickase, site-specific nickases, or chemical nicking agents.
  • the method uses two or more nicking agents. In some embodiments the method used two or more nicking agents from the same category of nicking agents. In some embodiments, the method uses nicking agents from different categories.
  • a number of parameters can affect the length of the nucleic acid fragments separated by the breaks. Typically, the higher the concentration of the nicking agent, the longer treatment time by the nicking agents, the shorter the length the fragments. By adjusting one or more of these parameters, the length of the fragments can be controlled within a desired range. In some embodiments, the average length of the nucleic acid fragments resulted from the nicking is between 200 and 10000 nucleotides, e.g., 200-500 nucleotides or 400-1000 nucleotides or 1000-10000 nucleotides.
  • nicks created by the nickase are extended (widened) by an exonuclease to form gaps.
  • This process can be referred to as ā€œgappingā€ and the exonucleases used in process can be referred to as ā€œgapping enzymes. ā€ Examples of enzymes with 3’ exonuclease activity include DNA Polymerase I, Klenow Fragment (in the absence of nucleotides) , Exonuclease III, and others known in the art.
  • enzymes with 5’ exonuclease activity include Bst DNA polymerase, T7 exonuclease, Exonuclease VIII truncated, Lambda exonuclease, T5 exonuclease, and other exonucleases known in the art.
  • Low processivity exonucleases i.e., exonucleases that remove nucleotides from the end of a polynucleotide at a relatively low rate
  • are preferred to open a short gap e.g. 2-7 bases, 3-10 bases, or 3-20 bases
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a process of using one or more nicking agents and one or more gapping enzymes to generate overlapping nucleic acid fragments (240) , separated by staggered single-stranded breaks (230) .
  • fragments are single-stranded although, as discussed above and elsewhere herein, fragments may be hybridized to complementary strands to, for example, form a nucleic acid complex.
  • a first adapter is ligated to one terminus (which may be the 5’ terminus or the 3’ terminus) of fragments and a second adapter (which is different from the first adapter) is ligated to the other terminus.
  • the result is a plurality of adaptered fragments having two different adapter sequences; and all of the adaptered fragments produced in a reaction have the same defined arrangement (e.g., first adapter sequences at 5’ and second adapter sequences at 3’, or, alternatively, second adapter sequences at 5’ and first adapter sequences at 3’) .
  • the first adapter is ligated to the 3’ terminus of the fragments, and a second adapter is ligated to the 5’ terminus of the fragments.
  • the first adapter is a b-BLA and is ligated to the fragment in the process of ā€œ3’ branch ligationā€ .
  • the second adapter is an ā€œL-adapter. ā€
  • ligations of the first adapter and second adapters occur in the same reaction mixture as the nicking and gapping reactions.
  • the first adapter is a BLA.
  • BLAs are known in the art and are defined above.
  • a BLA comprises (i) a double-stranded blunt end comprising a 5’ terminus of one strand and a 3’ terminus of the complementary strand and (ii) a single-stranded region comprising a barcode sequence.
  • the double-stranded blunt end provides a 5’ phosphate which can be ligated to the 3’ of the target nucleic acid fragments via 3’ branch ligation.
  • 3’ branch ligation involves the covalent joining of the 5’ phosphate from a blunt-end adapter (donor DNA) to the 3’ hydroxyl end of a duplex DNA acceptor at 3’ recessed strands, gaps, or nicks. In contrast to conventional DNA ligation, 3’ branch ligation does not require complimentary base pairing. 3’ branch ligation is described in Wang et al., BioRxiv, June 29, 2018, doi: https//doi. org/10.1101/357863; PCT Pub. No. WO 2019/217452; US Pat. Pub. US2018/0044668 and International Application WO 2016/037418, US Pat. Pub. 2018/0044667, as well as Wang et al., June 29, 2018, http: //dx. doi. org/10.1101/357863, all incorporated by reference for all purposes.
  • 3’ branch ligation uses 3’ branch ligation to amplify and sequence all sub-fragments of a captured genomic molecule.
  • 3’ branch ligation has broad range of molecular applications, including, e.g., attaching adapters to DNA or RNA during NGS library preparation.
  • this ligation step enables a sample barcode to be placed adjacent to the genomic sequence for sampling multiplexing.
  • the benefit of using these adapters for sample barcoding is that the barcode can be placed adjacent to the genomic DNA so that the same primer can be used to sequence the barcode and the genomic DNA and no additional sequencing primer is required to read the barcode.
  • Sample barcoding allows preparations from multiple samples to be pooled before sequences and distinguished by the barcode.
  • 3’ branch ligation adapters can be synthesized in 96, 384, or 1536 plate format, with each well containing many copies of the adapter carrying the same barcode and each barcode being different between wells. After capture on beads these adapters can be used for ligation in 96, 384, or 1536 plate format.
  • 3’ branch ligation can be performed as a simple, low cost, bias free method for standard sequencing library preparation or in the presence of barcoded beads (attachment to beads can be on the 3’ or 5’ end of the barcode adapter) as a co-barcoding library preparation method.
  • This strategy relies on a property of T4 DNA ligase, that it can ligate a double-stranded DNA adapter to a 3’ end of DNA in a nick or gap so called ā€œ3’ branch ligationā€ as described in Wang et al., DNA Research, 2019 Feb 1 16 (1) : 45-53.
  • this novel ligation does not require degenerate single-stranded bases on the end of the adapter to hybridize in the gap, it allows more efficient adapter ligation on beads having limited adapter binding capacity.
  • 3’ branch ligation can be performed in nicks or very small gaps (1-base gaps) .
  • ligation of 5’ degenerate L-adapter which may require high concentrations of this 5’ degenerated L-adapter to compensate for the fact that ligase cannot bind to the single-stranded 5’-phosphate end of the L-adapter before hybridization.
  • these adapters may have stretches of the same base or stretches of simple repeats to improve access to the target DNA imperfectly (e.g., free loose loops) wrapped around each bead.
  • Single-stranded binding protein (SSB) may be bound to the single-stranded portion of each adapter before mixing beads with genomic DNA.
  • the first adapter is a b-BLA which comprises two polynucleotide strands, referred to herein as the ā€œbarcode oligonucleotideā€ and the ā€œhybridization oligonucleotide. ā€
  • the barcode oligonucleotide is longer than the hybridization oligonucleotide and comprises at least one barcode.
  • the barcode oligonucleotide is hybridized to the hybridization oligonucleotide to form a complex that is partially double-stranded and has a blunt end.
  • the barcode oligonucleotide has a 5’ phosphate that can be ligated to the 3’ terminus of a 3’ recessed fragment in a branch ligation, and has a 3’ terminus that is joined to a bead; while the hybridization oligonucleotide is not joined to the bead, and the hybridization oligonucleotide a 3’ blocker nucleotide (e.g. a dideoxy blocker nucleotide) that prevents formation of a phosphodiester bond and thus prevent self-ligation of the branch adapters.
  • the 3’ branch ligation results in the barcode oligonucleotide ligated to the fragment. See FIG. 9A.
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide has a 5’ phosphate that can be ligated to the 3’ of a 3’ recessed fragment in a branch ligation and has a 3’ terminus that is joined to a bead; while the barcode oligonucleotide is not joined to the bead, and the barcode oligonucleotide has a 3’ blocker nucleotide that prevents formation of a phosphodiester bond.
  • the 3’ branch ligation results in the hybridization oligonucleotide ligated to the fragment See FIG. 3 and FIG. 4.
  • the first adapters are in solution. In some embodiments, some of the first adapters are immobilized on the beads and some of the first adapters are in solution.
  • the fragments in the nicked and gapped DNA are ligated to a second adapter.
  • the second adaptor may be an L-adaptor, an s-BLA, or any double-stranded or partially double stranded adapter.
  • the second adapter is an L-adapter.
  • the L-adapters are in solution.
  • L-adapters are described in US Pat. No. 10,479,991, the entire disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • L-adapters used in the present method are single-stranded adapter comprising a hybridization region and a tail region.
  • the hybridization region of the L-adapter comprises degenerate bases at the 3’ end, e.g., 1-10, e.g., 3-8, or 4-7 degenerate nucleotides (Ns) at the 3’ end.
  • Ns degenerate nucleotides
  • the hybridization region of the L-adapter anneals to the complementary sequence in the target nucleic acid, while the tail region remains single-stranded.
  • the 3’ end of the L-adapter is ligated to the 5’ end of the nucleic acid fragment. See e.g., FIG. 3-5.
  • the L-adapter comprises specific bases next to the hybridization region to improve the ligation efficiency and the reduction of artifacts. For example, if the nickase used in the reaction preferentially cuts at certain bases or sequences, the same bases (or complementary bases) can be engineered to the end of the L-adapter to increase ligation efficiency. In some embodiments, two or more L-adapters having different sequences, e.g., having different number of degenerate nucleotides can be used in the same reaction.
  • the second adapters are partially stranded adapters (FIG. 6, 7B, and 8) .
  • the second adapters have double-stranded blunt ends.
  • the second adapters can be ligated to the terminus that is opposite from the first adapter. See FIG 5, 6B, and 7.
  • the second adapter is joined to a fragment by a blunt end ligation.
  • the second adapter is joined to a fragment by a single base overhang ligation provided that a polymerase was used during the extension step that leaves an A tail.
  • the first adapter e.g., a b-BLA
  • the second adapter e.g., an L-adapter
  • the ligations are performed in the same mixture while nicking and gapping also occur.
  • the beads wrapped with the genomic DNA can be incubated with nickase and/or gapping enzymes, in the presence of additional first and/or the second adapters, so that a second round of nick-ligate reaction occurs.
  • This nick-ligate process can be repeated for multiple rounds, for example two rounds, three rounds or four rounds to improve the yield of the products ligated with two adapters. Illustrative examples are shown in Examples 6 and 7.
  • Conditions can be optimized for simultaneous ligation of both adapters in the nick by adjusting the concentration of L-adapters, temperature, cycling, pH, salt concentration, other additives to enhance DNA breathing of the 3’ end with branch-adapter that has been ligated to the genomic fragments, which allows a short single-stranded region for L-adapter hybridization and ligation. See section 5 below, ā€œConditions for simultaneous nicking and ligatingā€ .
  • additional branch ligation adapters can be added in solution (s-BLAs) to the reaction, in addition to the b-BLAs.
  • an enzyme with 5’ exonuclease activity is added to the reaction to remove excess first adapters. This can be performed before the L-adapter ligation or simultaneously with the L-adapter ligation. Because excess adapter must be removed, a higher concentration of L-adapter, e.g., in a range from 0.01 to 100 ⁇ M, from 0.1 to 50 ⁇ M, from 0.5 to 30 ⁇ M, from 1 to 20 ⁇ M, maybe used without generating a substantial amount of the bead-adapter + L-adapter ligation artifact.
  • Adaptered fragments having both the first adapter sequence and the second adapter sequence e.g., the L-adapter
  • an additional enzyme with 3’ exonuclease activity such as DNA Polymerase I, Klenow Fragment without nucleotides, Exonuclease III, or the like
  • 5’ exonuclease activity Bst DNA polymerase full length or Taq polymerase without nucleotides, T7 exonuclease, Exonuclease VIII truncated, Lambda exonuclease, T5 exonuclease, or similar
  • the second adapter e.g., the L-adapter
  • Enzymes or combinations of enzymes with both 3’ and 5’ exonuclease activity have an advantage to make a gap for L-adapter ligation even if the branch adapter ligates in the nick.
  • protection of the DNA adapters can be achieved through phosphorothioated bonds between bases and/or modified bases at the 5’ and 3’ ends of the adapters.
  • this reaction can be performed in the presence of polyethylene glycol or betaine to increase the activity of ligation and/or the nickase enzyme.
  • a low concentration of L-adapter and other conditions may be used to reduce adapter-adapter ligation (e.g., the ligation between the L-adapter itself or the ligation between the b-BLA and the L-adapter) and skip excess adapter removal by exonucleases. Otherwise, PCR can now be performed as both sides of the sub fragments now have adapter sequences. After PCR is performed or if PCR was skipped for a PCR-free version of the process, then circularization followed by rolling circle amplification is the next step as described in the previous section.
  • a non-specific nicking nuclease, a DNA ligase, and a first adapter, a second adapter are mixed with the double-stranded target nucleic acids to produce fragments having adapter sequences at both termini.
  • one of the first and the second adapter is bound to a micron sized bead and the other adapter is in solution.
  • the process of adding two adapters in a single reaction mixture can be performed in solution as a simple, low cost, bias free method for standard sequencing library preparation. This process can also be used as a co-barcoding library preparation method when used with barcoded beads with adapters attached thereon.
  • nicking and gapping the target nucleic acid and ligating one or more adapters to the fragments produced by the nicking and gapping can be performed in the presence of additives (e.g., polyethylene glycol or betaine) to increase the activity of ligase, the activity of the nicking agents, or both.
  • additives e.g., polyethylene glycol or betaine
  • ligating comprises ligating at least the bead-bound first adapter (e.g., b-BLA) to the nucleic acid fragment.
  • the ligating includes ligating both the bead-bound first adapter and the second adapter (e.g., the L-adapter) in solution to the nucleic acid fragment.
  • the reaction may be maintained at a temperature within a range from 5-65°C, e.g., 5-42°C, 10-37°C, or 5-15°C. In some embodiments, the reaction is maintained at room temperature, 37 °C. In some embodiments when a thermo-stabile ligase and nicking enzyme are used, the reaction may be kept at a temperature that is higher than 37 °C. In some embodiments, the reaction is subjected to a condition cycling between a lower temperature (5°C-25°C, for example, 10°C-15°C) and a higher temperature (e.g., 37°C or higher) for multiple cycles (e.g., 5-100 cycles, or 20-60 cycles, 30-55 cycles, etc. ) . Illustrative examples are shown in Examples 1-7.
  • the pH of the reaction mixture is maintained at a pH within a range from 5.0 to 9.0, e.g., from 7.0 to 9.0, to accommodate all enzymatic functions required for the library preparation.
  • the duration of the nicking and ligating reaction may vary depending on the desired size of the nucleic acid fragments and other conditions, e.g., enzyme (including polymerase, exonuclease, or both) concentration, time, temperature, amount of input DNA.
  • the duration of the nicking and ligating reaction may last from 5 minutes to 5 hours, e.g., 15-90 minutes, or 30-120 minutes.
  • the reaction may be terminated using methods well known in the art.
  • the nicking and ligating are performed in solution, and the reaction can be terminated through a DNA purification method (such as Ampure XP beads, from Beckman Coulter) .
  • the nicking and ligating are performed on beads, and the reaction can be terminated by washing the beads with a buffer (e.g., a Tris NaCl buffer) to remove the enzymes and components required for the nicking and ligating reactions.
  • a buffer e.g., a Tris NaCl buffer
  • the methods and compositions described herein the allows nicking and ligating to occur in a single reaction mixture.
  • the conditions and enzymes are selected so that ligating occurs at a higher rate than nicking/gapping. This assures fraction of nicks that are initially gapped will get adapter ligated to most of them before subsequent gappings, thus minimizing DNA loss.
  • the methods and composition disclosed herein allows for a high nick-resealing rate, e.g., 70-100%nick-resealing rate, e.g., 70-90%, 80-90%, 80-95%, 90-99%) .
  • a nick-resealing rate disclosed herein refers to that the percentages of gaps being opened are resealed by the ligase.
  • the high nick-resealing rate may be achieved by a number of ways.
  • the nicking is performed using a low activity nickases.
  • the nicking is performed using a nickase at a low concentration, e.g., 0000001-10 U/ul.
  • the ligating is performed using a ligase having a high ligating rate.
  • the ligating is performed using a ligase at a high concentration, e.g., 1-100 U/ ⁇ l.
  • ligase is added prior to adding nickase or simultaneously with adding the nickase.
  • the order of adding ligase and loading target nucleic acids to beads may vary.
  • the ligase is added to the beads immobilized with adapters before adding target nucleic acids (e.g., genomic DNA) .
  • target nucleic acids are loaded to the beads before adding ligase.
  • Genomic DNA typically can wraps very fast around micron sized paramagnetic beads, typically about 1-10 minutes.
  • additional procedures can be taken to increase the binding efficiency of target nucleic acid to the beads, which may be particular useful for binding long DNA (e.g., those longer than 200 kb) to large beads (e.g., beads having a diameter of 3 micron or greater) .
  • the target nucleic acid is bound to beads in a buffer comprising PEG had relatively high concentration, e.g.
  • the target nucleic acid is bound to beads in a buffer having relatively high pH to enhance the absorption of target nucleic acids to the beads.
  • the pH is greater than 7.5, e.g., 7.5-9, 8.0-9.0, or 8.0-8.5.
  • the high pH increases DNA adsorption especially in buffers having lower PEG concentration, e.g., 5%.
  • the buffer comprises a low salt concentration, e.g., 10mM MgCl2.
  • gDNA having the length of over 1 Mb can bind a bead having a diameter of about 3 um.
  • Target nucleic acids that are bound to the beads can remain accessible to enzymatic reactions like nicking, gapping, or adapter ligation. This allows co-barcoding of a long DNA fragments (e.g., 20-500 kb) bound to a bead at 10-1000 contact points. This allows for a general protocol of multiple consecutive enzymatic reactions on the bead-adsorbed DNA, especially in conditions that maintain DNA binding to beads as described above.
  • DNA may be released from beads in preparation for sequencing.
  • Methods of releasing DNA include but not limited to using low salt buffer ( ⁇ 200 mM) with pH in the range of 7 to 8, e.g., about 7.5 in between 10 minutes and 1 hour, e.g., about 15 minutes to about 45 minutes, about 15 minutes to about 45 minutes, or about 30 minutes.
  • the bead-bound adapters are partially double-stranded, each of which comprises a relatively short double-stranded region (e.g., between 6 and 20 bases) and can be denatured relatively easily. That is, the adapters can be denatured to single-stranded DNA under conditions that will not result in disrupting the double-stranded genomic DNA immobilized onto the beads. This can most easily be achieved by increasing the temperature to the melting point of the short double-stranded region.
  • Table 1 shows various enzyme that may be used for this purposes.
  • the denatured, single-stranded, bead-bound adapters can then be removed by using exonucleases.
  • excess bead-bound adapters that have 3’ termini attached to the beads are removed using an exonuclease (e.g., RecJ or ExoVII) that can remove nucleotides from single-stranded DNA in the 5’ to 3’ direction.
  • excess bead-bound adapters that have 5’ termini joined to the beads are removed using an exonuclease (e.g., Exo1, ExoT) that can remove nucleotides from single-stranded DNA in the 3’ to 5’ direction.
  • the excess, partially double-stranded bead-bound adapters can be digested by a mixture of single-strand specific exonucleases and an enzyme possessing 3’ to 5’ exonuclease activity on dsDNA, such as ExoIII, T4 DNA polymerase or Phi29 DNA polymerase in the absence of dNTPs.
  • genomic dsDNA will be protected from degradation by these enzymes by the adapter ligated to the 3’ termini of the DNA nick or gap. The ligation results nucleic acid fragments having single-stranded ends, which are not substrate for these dsDNA-specific exonucleases.
  • the short double-stranded region of the bead-bound adapters can be designed with specific bases (e.g., Uracil or Inosine) and these bases can be removed by treatment with the corresponding DNA glycosylases (e.g., UDG or hAAG) (to create abasic sites) , and then EndoIV, EndoVIII, APE1, or any other enzyme that can remove abasic sites.
  • bases e.g., Uracil or Inosine
  • the corresponding DNA glycosylases e.g., UDG or hAAG
  • EndoIV, EndoVIII, APE1 EndoIV, EndoVIII, APE1, or any other enzyme that can remove abasic sites.
  • the reaction was performed in solution and excess adapters can be removed through a DNA purification method (such as Ampure XP beads) .
  • the excess adapter and product ligated to adapter can be released from the beads through an enzymatic release.
  • the bead-bound adapters comprise uracils, or inosines, or both, at positions proximal to the beads, and enzymes can be added to release these bases and thus release the adapters from the beads.
  • the adapters are bound to the beads through bonds that are susceptible to a chemical treatment, and the chemical can be added to release the adapters.
  • the adapter is bound to the bead via a biotin streptavidin interaction, heat or treating the bead-bound adapters with formamide can break the interaction.
  • the adapter is bound to the bead via a photocleavable linker and light can be used to cleave the linker and release the adapter from the bead.
  • the method does not include a step to remove the excess bead-bound adapters; and after nicking and ligating steps as described above the primer extension step is performed. In some embodiments, the primer extension step is performed after the removal of the excess bead-bound adapters.
  • the nucleic acid fragment ligated with the branch adapter is then extended by a DNA polymerase to copy the barcode.
  • a DNA polymerase One illustrative embodiment is shown in FIG. 6.
  • a primer extension step can be performed either on the beads or in solution to copy the barcode.
  • a denature step e.g., by heat
  • a polymerase without strand displacement activity such as pfu, pfuCx, Taq polymerase, DNA pol 1
  • no denaturing step is performed and the primer is extended using a strand displacing polymerase (e.g., phi29 polymerase or Bst) .
  • the reaction is denatured at a 95 °C for 3 minutes, which is followed by annealing a primer at 55 °C for 3 minutes, and extending the primer at 72 °C for 10 minutes using pfuCx.
  • another round of purification can be performed at this step if the barcoded extension product is in solution. If still bound to beads, the beads can be washed in Tris NaCl buffer.
  • the extended nucleic acid fragments already contains two adapters, one to each terminus of the nucleic acid fragment, as shown in FIG. 3 and 4, the extended fragments can be released from the beads for further processing as described below.
  • only one adapter is in the extension product, such as shown in FIG. 6 and 7A, a ligation of the second adapter to the opposite terminus of the nucleic acid fragment from the first adapter can be performed.
  • the second adapter is ligated to the nucleic acid fragments by a blunt end ligation.
  • the second adapter can be ligated to the nucleic acid fragments by a single base overhang ligation.
  • 3’ OH of the adapter is ligated to the 5’ PO4 of the product. This is the original DNA strand (not the copy made during extension) .
  • another round of DNA purification is typically performed at this point and followed by PCR amplification.
  • the method comprises extending a primer hybridized to the first adapter sequence under conditions that permits controlling of the extent of the extension reaction.
  • extension-controlling conditions include but are not limited to, selecting a polymerase (s) with a suitable polymerization rate or other properties, and by using a variety of reaction parameters including (but not limited to) reaction temperature, duration of the reaction, primer composition, DNA polymerase, primer and nucleotide concentration, additives, and buffer composition.
  • the extension can be controlled by a mixture of reversible terminators and normal nucleotides for the extension.
  • the ratio of the amount of reversible terminator nucleotides to the amount of normal nucleotides can be adjusted to achieve the extent of the extension; in general, a higher ratio of the amount of reversible terminator nucleotides to the amount of normal nucleotides will result in a less complete extension.
  • the extension is controlled such that it only adds about 100-150 bases.
  • the primer hybridizes to a sequence that is 3’ to the barcode sequence in the first adapter and is extended under the extension-controlling conditions. Under these conditions extension of the primer to copy the ligation product --produced by ligating a first adapter to a target fragment--is incomplete, resulting a partially double-stranded molecule; while extension of the primer to copy the unligated b-BLA is complete, resulting a double- stranded molecule. Illustrative example of using controlled extension to prepare adaptered nucleic acid fragments are shown in FIG. 10A-10B and FIG. 11A-11B.
  • the incomplete extension of the primer to copy the ligated first adapter would leave a 5’ overhang that can be used for 3’ branch ligation.
  • reversible terminators are used, at the end of the extension reaction, blocking groups of the reversible terminators are removed to restore the 3’ OH group.
  • 3’ branch ligation can be performed to ligate a second adapter to the 3’ terminus of the fragment, thus producing an adaptered fragments having a first adapter sequence at one terminus and a second adapter sequence at the other terminus.
  • the reversible terminators can be added at different concentrations, at different time points, or different cycles to provide overlapping coverage across most nucleotides in the nucleic acid fragments.
  • the following exemplary approaches can be used to remove excess unligated adapters (i.e., adapters that are not ligated to any nucleic acid fragments) to minimize the negative interference of these unligated adapters in the library preparation.
  • excess adapters in solution can be removed by Ampure XP bead purification (Beckman Coulter, Brea, CA) .
  • the excess adapters can be degraded or blocked using methods include but not limited to the following approaches.
  • the first method described in FIG. 9A and 9B, uses a controlled primer extension such that the extension only adds about 100-150 bases.
  • the polymerase e.g., a Tag polymerase
  • used in this extension does not have 3’-5’ exonuclease activity and it can generate blunt ends and add an A tail at the 3’ terminus. This will cause complete extension and A tailing of excess adapter (i.e., adding A to the 3’ terminus of the adapter) (950) , but extension of to copy adaptered fragments (940) will be incomplete.
  • ligation is performed with a hairpin adapter with a T tail complementary to the A tail of the completely extended excess adapters (950) to block these excess adapters from being extended.
  • the hairpin adapters however cannot ligate to incompletely extended adaptered nucleic acid fragments (970) .
  • these fragments (970) can be further extended with.
  • the extension is performed in the presence of a mixture of normal nucleotide and reversible terminators, followed by a reaction to remove the terminator blocking group, and then 3’ branch ligation with a BLA (980) .
  • This product (990) can now be denatured and separated from the beads and saved for sequencing.
  • the beads can be reused for another round of primer extension with reversible terminators, removal of block group, 3’ branch ligation, and denaturation. This process can be repeated multiple times, with varying concentrations of terminators to enable almost complete overlapping DNA coverage of the genomic fragment.
  • controlled extension is performed using a polymerase with 3’-5’ exonuclease activity (e.g., Pfu, Q5, Phusion, T7, Vent, Klenow, T4) .
  • the extension is limited to about 100-150 bases.
  • the result is that incomplete extension occurs for those adapters ligated to a genomic fragment and complete extension for those excess adapters (i.e., unligated adapters) .
  • the result is a blunt end dsDNA adapter with a 5’ phosphate.
  • controlled extension is continued with reversible terminators added to the reaction.
  • the terminator blocking group is removed from the extension product, and a second adapter is added to the reaction in ligation-permissible condition (e.g., in the presence of a ligase and ligation buffer) .
  • FIG. 11B This results in the blunt end ligation of the excess adapter and 3’ branch ligation of the adaptered fragments.
  • a controlled primer extension is performed by extending one strand (1190) of the newly ligated branch ligation adapter using a strand displacing polymerase.
  • this extension is controlled by time, temperature, and/or nucleotide concentration to only extend about 100-150 bases.
  • This extension results in the strand displacement of the first adapter (e.g., the b-BLA) and the release of a copy of dsDNA adapter (1180+ 1190) , which can be separated from the beads and collected.
  • the beads can be saved, and this process is repeated to generate overlapping fragments from each adapter ligated to a genomic DNA fragment.
  • a second adapter (FIG. 8, 890) can be ligated to the terminus of the extended product via e.g., blunt ligation or branch ligation.
  • the extended fragments having two adapters one at each terminus are released from the beads.
  • the release from beads can be performed by degrading the beads or by cleaving a chemical linkage between the adapter oligonucleotide and the bead.
  • the release is effected by removal of an inosine residue from the capture oligonucleotide using EndoV enzyme or the removal of a uracil nucleotide by uracil deglycosylase and EndoIV/EndoVIII or other enzymes having similar function.
  • the capture oligonucleotide is crosslinked to the bead through one or more disulfide bonds.
  • the release can be effected by exposing the beads to a reducing agent (e.g., dithiothreitol (DTT) or tris (2-carboxyethyl) phosphine (TCEP) ) .
  • a reducing agent e.g., dithiothreitol (DTT) or tris (2-carboxyethyl) phosphine (TCEP)
  • extended fragments produced in the method steps described above are amplified.
  • amplification methods include without limitation: multiple displacement amplification (MDA) , polymerase chain reaction (PCR) , ligation chain reaction (sometimes referred to as oligonucleotide ligase amplification OLA) , cycling probe technology (CPT) , strand displacement assay (SDA) , transcription mediated amplification (TMA) , nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) , rolling circle amplification (RCR) (for circularized fragments) , and invasive cleavage technology.
  • MDA multiple displacement amplification
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • ligation chain reaction sometimes referred to as oligonucleotide ligase amplification OLA
  • CPT cycling probe technology
  • SDA strand displacement assay
  • TMA transcription mediated amplification
  • NASBA nucleic acid sequence based amplification
  • RCR rolling circle amplification
  • Amplification can
  • the ligated product formed by ligation of the target nucleic acid fragment and the bead adapter and the L-adapter is amplified by annealing primers to the L-adapter and the branch adapter.
  • extended fragments can be first denatured into single-stranded nucleic acid molecules.
  • a splint oligo is then added, which hybridized to the adapter sequences added to the both termini of the target nucleic acid fragments, and the single-stranded nucleic acids are then circularized in the presence of a ligase (e.g., T4 or Taq ligase) .
  • a ligase e.g., T4 or Taq ligase
  • the DNA polymerase used for RCR can be any DNA polymerase that has strand-displacement activity, e.g., Phi29, Bst DNA polymerase, Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, and Deep-VentR NDA polymerase (NEB#MO258) . These DNA polymerases are known to have different strengths of strand-displacement activity. It is within the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art to select one or more suitable DNA polymerase used for the invention.
  • the amplified extended fragments can be sequenced using sequencing methods known in the art, including for example without limitation, polymerase-based sequencing-by-synthesis (e.g., HiSeq 2500 system, Illumina, San Diego, CA) , ligation-based sequencing (e.g., SOLiD 5500, Life Technologies Corporation, Carlsbad, CA) , ion semiconductor sequencing (e.g., Ion PGM or Ion Proton sequencers, Life Technologies Corporation, Carlsbad, CA) , zero-mode waveguides (e.g., PacBio RS sequencer, Pacific Biosciences, Menlo Park, CA) , nanopore sequencing (e.g., Oxford Nanopore Technologies Ltd., Oxford, United Kingdom) , pyrosequencing (e.g., 454 Life Sciences, Branford, CT) , or other sequencing technologies.
  • polymerase-based sequencing-by-synthesis e.g., HiSeq 2500 system, Illumina, San Diego, CA
  • ligation-based sequencing
  • haplotype phasing longer reads are advantageous, requiring much less computation, although they tend to have a higher error rate and errors in such long reads may need to be identified and corrected according to methods set forth herein before haplotype phasing.
  • sequencing is performed using combinatorial probe-anchor ligation (cPAL) as described, for example, in US 20140051588, U.S. 20130124100, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
  • cPAL combinatorial probe-anchor ligation
  • the fragments that are ligated with the adapters, or amplified products thereof can be denatured to produce single-stranded molecules.
  • a splint oligonucleotide of e.g., 8-40 base are annealed to both ends of the single-stranded molecules. These annealed oligos enable a 1-10 base overlap between the two ends of the product, similar to the overhangs created after restriction enzyme digestion of plasmid DNA.
  • Ligation can then be performed with T4 DNA ligase to create a single-stranded circle with a small region of double-stranded DNA at the site of ligation. These circles can now be used to make DNA nanoballs (DNBs) for DNBseq sequencers.
  • DNSs DNA nanoballs
  • the fragments contain both the b-BLA adapter sequence at the 3’terminus and the L-adapter sequence at the 5’ terminus as described above.
  • These adaptered fragments can be sequenced on Illumina type and other systems that do not require circularization.
  • Samples containing target nucleic acids can be obtained from any suitable source.
  • the sample can be obtained or provided from any organism of interest.
  • organisms include, for example, plants; animals (e.g., mammals, including humans and non-human primates) ; or pathogens, such as bacteria and viruses.
  • the sample can be, or can be obtained from, cells, tissue, or polynucleotides of a population of such organisms of interest.
  • the sample can be a microbiome or microbiota.
  • the sample is an environmental sample, such as a sample of water, air, or soil.
  • Samples from an organism of interest, or a population of such organisms of interest can include, but are not limited to, samples of bodily fluids (including, but not limited to, blood, urine, serum, lymph, saliva, anal and vaginal secretions, perspiration and semen) ; cells; tissue; biopsies, research samples (e.g., products of nucleic acid amplification reactions, such as PCR amplification reactions) ; purified samples, such as purified genomic DNA; RNA preparations; and raw samples (bacteria, virus, genomic DNA, etc. ) .
  • Methods of obtaining target polynucleotides (e.g., genomic DNA) from organisms are well known in the art.
  • target nucleic acid refers to any nucleic acid (or polynucleotide) suitable for processing and sequencing by the methods described herein.
  • the nucleic acid may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may include DNA, RNA, or other known nucleic acids.
  • the target nucleic acids may be those of any organism, including but not limited to viruses, bacteria, yeast, plants, fish, reptiles, amphibians, birds, and mammals (including, without limitation, mice, rats, dogs, cats, goats, sheep, cattle, horses, pigs, rabbits, monkeys and other non-human primates, and humans) .
  • a target nucleic acid may be obtained from an individual or from a multiple individuals (i.e., a population) .
  • a sample from which the nucleic acid is obtained may contain a nucleic acids from a mixture of cells or even organisms, such as: a human saliva sample that includes human cells and bacterial cells; a mouse xenograft that includes mouse cells and cells from a transplanted human tumor; etc.
  • Target nucleic acids may be unamplified or they may be amplified by any suitable nucleic acid amplification method known in the art.
  • Target nucleic acids may be purified according to methods known in the art to remove cellular and subcellular contaminants (lipids, proteins, carbohydrates, nucleic acids other than those to be sequenced, etc.
  • Target nucleic acids can be obtained from any suitable sample using methods known in the art. Such samples include but are not limited to biosamples such as tissues, isolated cells or cell cultures, bodily fluids (including, but not limited to, blood, urine, serum, lymph, saliva, anal and vaginal secretions, perspiration and semen) ; and environmental samples, such as air, agricultural, water and soil samples, etc.
  • Target nucleic acids may be genomic DNA (e.g., from a single individual) , cDNA, and/or may be complex nucleic acids, including nucleic acids from multiple individuals or genomes.
  • complex nucleic acids include a microbiome, circulating fetal cells in the bloodstream of a expecting mother (see, e.g., Kavanagh et al., J. Chromatol. B 878: 1905-1911, 2010) , circulating tumor cells (CTC) from the bloodstream of a cancer patient.
  • a complex nucleic acid has a complete sequence comprising at least one gigabase (Gb) (a diploid human genome comprises approximately 6 Gb of sequence) .
  • Gb gigabase
  • target nucleic acids or first complexes are genomic fragments.
  • the genomic fragments are longer than 10kb, e.g., 10-100kb, 10-500kb, 20-300kb, 50-200kb, 100-400kb, or longer than 500 kb.
  • target nucleic acids or first complexes are 5,000 to 100,000 Kb in length.
  • the amount of DNA (e.g., human genomic DNA) used in a single mixture may be ⁇ 10ng, ⁇ 3ng, ⁇ 1ng , ⁇ 0.3ng, or ⁇ 0.1ng of DNA.
  • the amount of DNA used in the single mixture may be less than 3,000x, e.g., less than 900x, less than 300x, less than 100x, or less than 30x of haploid DNA amount. In some embodiments, the amount of DNA used in the single mixture may be at least 1x of haploid DNA, e.g., at least 2x, or at least 10 x haploid DNA amount.
  • Target nucleic acids may be isolated using conventional techniques, for example as disclosed in Sambrook and Russell, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, cited supra.
  • carrier DNA e.g., unrelated circular synthetic double-stranded DNA
  • genomic DNA or other complex nucleic acids are obtained from an individual cell or small number of cells with or without purification, by any known method.
  • Long fragments are desirable for the methods of the present invention.
  • Long fragments of genomic DNA can be isolated from a cell by any known method. A protocol for isolation of long genomic DNA fragments from human cells is described, for example, in Peters et al., Nature 487: 190–195 (2012) .
  • cells are lysed and the intact nuclei are pelleted with a gentle centrifugation step.
  • the genomic DNA is then released through proteinase K and RNase digestion for several hours.
  • the material can be treated to lower the concentration of remaining cellular waste, e.g., by dialysis for a period of time (i.e., from 2 -16 hours) and/or dilution.
  • the genomic nucleic acid remains largely intact, yielding a majority of fragments that have lengths in excess of 150 kilobases.
  • the fragments are from about 5 to about 750 kilobases in lengths.
  • the fragments are from about 150 to about 600, about 200 to about 500, about 250 to about 400, and about 300 to about 350 kilobases in length.
  • the smallest fragment that can be used for haplotyping is approximately 2-5 kb; there is no maximum theoretical size, although fragment length can be limited by shearing resulting from manipulation of the starting nucleic acid preparation.
  • long DNA fragments are isolated and manipulated in a manner that minimizes shearing or absorption of the DNA to a vessel, including, for example, isolating cells in agarose in agarose gel plugs, or oil, or using specially coated tubes and plates.
  • all long fragments obtained from the cells are barcoded using methods disclosed herein.
  • a barcode-containing sequence is used that has two, three or more segments of which, one, for example, is the barcode sequence.
  • an introduced sequence may include one or more regions of known sequence and one or more regions of degenerate sequence that serves as the barcode (s) or tag (s) .
  • the known sequence (B) may include, for example, PCR primer binding sites, transposon ends, restriction endonuclease recognition sequences (e.g., sites for rare cutters, e.g., Not I, Sac II, Mlu I, BssH II, etc. ) , or other sequences.
  • the degenerate sequence (N) that serves as the tag is long enough to provide a population of different-sequence tags that is equal to or, preferably, greater than, the number of fragments of a target nucleic acid to be analyzed.
  • the barcode-containing sequence comprises one region of known sequence of any selected length.
  • such an embodiment may be B 20 N 15 B 20 .
  • a two or three-segment design is utilized for the barcodes used to tag long fragments.
  • This design allows for a wider range of possible barcodes by allowing combinatorial barcode segments to be generated by ligating different barcode segments together to form the full barcode segment or by using a segment as a reagent in oligonucleotide synthesis.
  • This combinatorial design provides a larger repertoire of possible barcodes while reducing the number of full-size barcodes that need to be generated.
  • unique identification of each long fragment is achieved with 8-12 base pair (or longer) barcodes.
  • two different barcode segments are used.
  • a and B segments are easily be modified to each contain a different half-barcode sequence to yield thousands of combinations.
  • the barcode sequences are incorporated on the same adapter. This can be achieved by breaking the B adapter into two parts, each with a half barcode sequence separated by a common overlapping sequence used for ligation.
  • the two tag components have 4-6 bases each.
  • An 8-base (2 x 4 bases) tag set is capable of uniquely tagging 65,000 sequences.
  • Both 2 x 5 base and 2 x 6 base tags may include use of degenerate bases (i.e., ā€œwild-cardsā€ ) to achieve optimal decoding efficiency.
  • unique identification of each sequence is achieved with 8-12 base pair error correcting barcodes.
  • Barcodes may have a length, for illustration and not limitation, of from 5-20 informative bases, usually 8-16 informative bases.
  • UMIs unique molecular identifiers
  • UMIs are used to distinguish among the capture oligonucleotides that are immobilized on the first beads.
  • the collection of adapters is generated, each having a UMI, and those adapters are attached to fragments or other source DNA molecules to be sequenced, and the individual sequenced molecules each has a UMI that helps distinguish it from all other fragments.
  • a very large number of different UMIs e.g., many thousands to millions may be used to uniquely identify DNA fragments in a sample.
  • the UMI is at a length that is sufficient to ensure the uniqueness of each and every source DNA molecule.
  • the unique molecular identifier is about 3-12 nucleotides in length, or 3-5 nucleotides in length. In some cases, each unique molecular identifier is about 3-12 nucleotides in length, or 3-5 nucleotides in length. Thus, a unique molecular identifier can be 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, or more nucleotides in length.
  • the beads are barcoded by the barcode oligonucleotides in the b-BLAs immobilized thereon.
  • Each bead comprises multiple b-BLAs and thus multiple barcode oligonucleotides.
  • Each barcode oligonucleotide comprises at least one barcode.
  • the barcode oligonucleotides on the same bead share the same barcode sequence and barcode oligonucleotides on different beads have different barcode sequences. As such, each bead carries many copies of a unique barcode sequence, which can be transferred to the target nucleic acid fragments using methods as described above.
  • the beads used may have a diameter in the range of 1-20 um, alternatively 2-8 um, 3-6 um or 1-3 um, e.g., about 2.8 ⁇ m.
  • the spacing of barcoded oligonucleotides on the beads is can at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6 or at least 7 nm. In come embodiments the spacing is less than 10nm (e.g., 5-10nm) , less than 15nm, less than 20nm, less than 30 nm, less than 40 nm, or less than 50 nm.
  • the number of different barcodes used per mixture may be >1M, >10M, >30M, >100M, >300M, or >1B.
  • the number of different barcodes are used per mixture may be >1M, >10M, >30M, >100M, >300M, or >1B and they are sampled from a pool of at least 10-fold greater diversity (e.g. from >10M, >0.1B, 0.3B, >0.5B, >1B, >3B, >10B different barcodes on beads. ) In some embodiments, the number of barcodes per bead is between 100k to 10M, e.g., between 200k and 1M, between 300k and 800k, or about 400k.
  • the barcode region is about 3-15 nucleotides in length, e.g., 5-12, 8-12, or 10 nucleotides in length. In some cases, each barcode of the barcode region is about 3-12 nucleotides in length, or 3-5 nucleotides in length.
  • a barcode, whether sample barcode, cell barcode or other barcode can be 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or more nucleotides in length.
  • each barcode region comprises three barcodes, each consisting of 10 bases, and the three barcodes are separated by 6 bases of common sequence.
  • Barcodes beads are transferred to the target nucleic acid sequence.
  • the transfer occurred at regular intervals through ligation of the 3’ terminus of the adapter oligonucleotide to the nucleic acid fragments created by nicking and the gapping as disclosed.
  • the barcoded beads are constructed through a split and pool ligation-based strategy using three sets of double-stranded barcode DNA molecules.
  • each set of double-stranded barcode DNA molecules consists of 10 base pairs and the three sets are different in nucleic acid sequence.
  • An exemplary method of the split and pool ligation to produce the barcoded beads is described in the PCT Pub. No. WO 2019/217452, the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Figures 12 and 13 of WO 2019/217452 also illustrate the methodology of the split and pool method.
  • a common adapter sequence comprising a PCR primer annealing site was attached to Dynabeads TM M-280 Streptavidin (ThermoFisher, Waltham, MA) magnetic beads with a 5’ dual-biotin linker.
  • Three sets 1, 536 of barcode oligos containing regions of overlapping sequence were constructed by Integrated DNA Technologies (Coralville, IA) .
  • Ligations were performed in 384 well plates in a 15 ⁇ L reaction containing 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) , 10 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM ATP, 2.5%PEG-8000, 571 units T4 ligase, 580 pmol of barcode oligo, and 65 million M-280 beads. Ligation reactions were incubated for 1 hour at room temperature on a rotator.
  • beads were pooled into a single vessel through centrifugation, collected to the side of the vessel using magnet, and washed once with high salt wash buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) , 500 mM NaCl, 0.1 mM EDTA, and 0.05%Tween 20) and twice with low salt wash buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) , 150 mM NaCl, and 0.05%Tween 20) . Beads were resuspended in 1X ligation buffer and distributed across 384 wells plates and the ligation steps were repeated.
  • high salt wash buffer 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) , 500 mM NaCl, 0.1 mM EDTA, and 0.05%Tween 20
  • low salt wash buffer 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) , 150 mM NaCl, and 0.05%Tween 20
  • the invention provides a composition comprising beads with adapter oligonucleotides comprising clonal barcodes attached, where the composition comprises more than 3 billion different barcodes and where the barcodes are tripartate barcodes with the structure 5’-CS1-BC1-CS2-BC2-CS3-BC3-CS4.
  • CS1 and CS4 are loner than CS2 and CS3.
  • CS2 and CS3 are 4-20 bases
  • CS1 and CS4 are 5 or 10 to 40 bases, e.g., 20-30
  • the BC sequences are 4-20 bases (e.g., 10 bases) in length.
  • CS4 is complementary to a splint oligonucleotide.
  • the composition comprises bridge oligonucleotides. In some embodiments the composition comprises bridge oligonucleotides, beads comprising a tripartate barcode as discussed above, and genomic DNA comprising hybridization sequences with a region complementary to the bridge oligonucleotides.
  • Another source of clonal barcodes such as a bead or other support associated with multiple copies of tags can be prepared by emulsion PCR or CPG (controlled-pore glass) or chemical synthesis other particles with copies of an adapted-barcode prepared by.
  • a population of tag-containing DNA sequences can be PCR amplified on beads in a water-in-oil (w/o) emulsion by known methods. See, e.g., Tawfik and Griffiths Nature Biotechnology 16: 652–656 (1998) ; Dressman et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100: 8817-8820, 2003; and Shendure et al., Science 309: 1728-1732 (2005) . This results in many copies of each single tag-containing sequence on each bead.
  • Another method for making a source of clonal barcodes is by oligonucleotide synthesis on micro-beads or CPG in a "mix and divide" combinatorial process. Using this process one can create a set of beads each having population of copies of a barcode.
  • B 20 N 15 B 20 where each of about 1 billion is represented in ⁇ 1000+ copies on each of 100 beads, on average, one can start with ⁇ 100 billion beads, synthesize B 20 common sequence (adapter) on all of them and then split them in 1024 synthesis columns to make a different 5-mer in each, then mix them and then split them again in 1024 columns and make additional 5-mer, and then repeat that once again to complete N15, and then mix them and in one big column synthesize the last B 20 as a second adapter.
  • B 20 common sequence adapter
  • Polynucleotides can be immobilized on a substrate (e.g., the beads) by a variety of techniques, including covalent and non-covalent attachment. Polynucleotides can be immobilized to a substrate by a variety of techniques.
  • a polynucleotide is joined to a substrate (e.g., a bead) , that is, one terminus of the polynucleotide directly contacts or is linked to the substrate.
  • a surface may have reactive functionalities that react with complementary functionalities on the polynucleotide molecules to form a covalent linkage.
  • Long DNA molecules e.g., several nucleotides or larger, may also be efficiently attached to hydrophobic surfaces, such as a clean glass surface that has a low concentration of various reactive functionalities, such as -OH groups.
  • polynucleotide molecules can be adsorbed to a surface through non-specific interactions with the surface, or through non-covalent interactions such as hydrogen bonding, van der Waals forces, and the like.
  • a polynucleotide is immobilized to a surface through hybridizing to a capture oligonucleotide on the surface and forming complexes, e.g., double- stranded duplexes or partially double-stranded duplexes, with component of the capture oligonucleotide.
  • a reaction mixture comprising one or more nicking agents, one or more ligases, a plurality of beads, a plurality of overlapping nucleic acid fragments separated by staggered single-stranded breaks.
  • Each bead comprises at least one branch ligation adapter immobilized thereon.
  • Each branch ligation adapter comprises a hybridization oligonucleotide and a barcode oligonucleotide.
  • the barcode oligonucleotide comprises a barcode and is joined to the bead, while the hybridization oligonucleotide is not joined to the bead.
  • Each of the plurality of beads comprises a unique barcode sequence, that is, branch ligation adapters on the same bead share the same barcode sequence and branch ligation adapters on different beads have different barcode sequences.
  • the barcode oligonucleotide is hybridized to the hybridization oligonucleotide to form a partially double-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a single-stranded region and a double-stranded region.
  • the double-stranded region comprises a double-stranded blunt end having a 5’ terminus and a 3’ terminus, and sad 5’ terminus of the double-stranded blunt end is ligated to a 3’ terminus of a nucleic acid fragment.
  • Embodiment 1 A method for preparing a library of adaptered polynucleotides for sequencing, comprising, in a single reaction mixture: (a) contacting a double-stranded target nucleic acid with one or more nicking agents to produce a plurality of overlapping nucleic acid fragments separated by staggered single-stranded breaks; (b) providing a plurality beads each comprising a plurality of branch ligation adapters immobilized on beads (b-BLAs) and providing population of L-adapters with a degenerate sequence at the 3’ terminus and (c) contacting the b-BLAs with at least one of the nucleic acid fragments in the presence of a ligase, whereby ligating the b-BLAs to the 3’ terminus of the nucleic acid fragments, (d) contact the population of L- adapters in the presence of a ligase thereby ligating the L-adapters to the 5’ terminus of the nucleic acid fragments,
  • Embodiment 2 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the 3’ terminus of the L-adapter is ligated to the 5’ terminus of the at least one of the nucleic acid fragments.
  • Embodiment 3 The method of embodiment 1, wherein each BLA comprises (i) a double-stranded blunt end comprising a 5’ terminus of one strand and a 3’ terminus of the complementary strand and (ii) a single-stranded region comprising a barcode sequence, wherein the 5’ terminus of the strand in the double-stranded blunt end is ligated to the 3’ terminus of the at least one of the nucleic acid fragments via branch ligation.
  • Embodiment 4 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the method further comprises adding an enzyme to the reaction, wherein the enzyme degrades excess b-BLAs before ligating the L-adapter.
  • Embodiment 5 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the L-adapter comprises 1-10 degenerated bases at the 3’ terminus.
  • Embodiment 6 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the L-adapter is in solution, wherein the barcode oligonucleotide is joined to the bead, and wherein the hybridization oligonucleotide is not joined to the bead.
  • Embodiment 7 The method of embodiment 5, wherein the b-BLAs comprises uracil, which can be removed to release the b-BLAs from the bead.
  • Embodiment 8 The method of embodiment 5, wherein each bead is immobilized thereon with a plurality of b-BLAs and the each of the plurality of b-BLAs has the same barcode sequence.
  • Embodiment 9 The method of embodiment 1, the method further comprises extending the at least one of the nucleic acid fragments that are ligated with both the b-BLA and L-adapter to produce an extended nucleic acid fragment, wherein the extended nucleic acid fragment comprises a copy of the barcode.
  • Embodiment 10 The method of embodiment 8, wherein the method further comprises circularizing the extended nucleic acid fragment.
  • Embodiment 11 The method of embodiment 5, wherein the method comprises a plurality of beads, each comprising a unique barcode sequence.
  • Embodiment 12 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the 3’ terminus of the double-stranded region, or the 3’ terminus of the hybridization oligonucleotide, is a dideoxy blocker nucleotide.
  • Embodiment 13 The method of embodiment 1, wherein average length of the nucleic acid fragments is between 200 nucleotides and 10000 nucleotides.
  • Embodiment 14 The method of embodiment, wherein greater than 50%of the staggered single-stranded breaks created in step (a) is closed by ligation in step (b) .
  • Embodiment 15 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the one or more nicking agents is selected from the group consisting of a non-specific nicking nuclease, a site-specific nicking nuclease, and a chemical nicking agent.
  • Embodiment 16 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the non-specific nickase is selected from the group consisting of a Vvn, a Shrimp dsDNA specific endonuclease, and a DNAse I.
  • Embodiment 17 The method of embodiment 1, the ligase is T4 DNA ligase.
  • Embodiment 18 A method for preparing a library of polynucleotides for sequencing comprises in a single reaction mixture:
  • each first adapter comprises (i) a double-stranded blunt end comprising a 5’ terminus of one strand and a 3’ terminus of the complementary strand and (ii) a single-stranded region that is immobilized on a bead, wherein the single-stranded region comprises a barcode, thereby ligating the 5’ terminus of the strand in the double-stranded blunt end of at least one first adapters to the 3’ terminus of the at least one of the nucleic acid fragments using a DNA ligase to produce a ligated first adapter, wherein the ligated first adapter comprises the barcode and at least one nucleic acid fragment,
  • Embodiment 19 The method of embodiment 18, wherein at least one of the partially double-stranded first adapters remains unligated, wherein performing the controlled extension comprises hybridizing the primer hybridized to a sequence that is 3’ relative to the barcode in both the ligated first adapter and the unligated first adapter, thereby producing a partially extended strand complementary to the ligated first adapter and a fully extended strand complementary to the unligated first adapter, thereby producing a mixture comprising: a partially double-stranded molecule comprising the ligated first adapter, wherein the partially double-stranded molecule comprises a shorter strand and a longer strand, and the double-stranded molecule comprising the unligated adapters.
  • Embodiment 20 The method of embodiment 19, wherein the method further comprises adding an exonuclease that has double strand DNA exonuclease activity, thereby the exonuclease degrades the double-stranded molecule.
  • Embodiment 21 The method of embodiment 19, wherein method further comprises adding hairpin adapters to the mixture in step (d) under ligation-permissible conditions thereby double-stranded molecule is ligated to one hairpin adapter and wherein the partially double-stranded molecule remain unligated to the hairpin adapter.
  • Embodiment 22 The method of embodiment 21 or embodiment 20, wherein the method further comprises: (e) extending the shorter strand in the partially double-stranded molecule strand to copy the sequence of the nucleic acid fragment in the longer strand, thereby producing a further extended strand, and (f) ligating a second adapter to the 3’ terminus of further extended strand.
  • Embodiment 23 The method of embodiment 22, wherein extending the shorter strand in step (e) is performed in the presence of a mixture of extendible nucleotides and nucleotides having 3’ reversible blocking groups, wherein the ligating the second adapter in step (f) is performed after removal of the 3’ blocking groups.
  • Embodiment 24 The method of embodiment 23, wherein the nucleotides having 3’ reversible blocking groups are added during different cycles.
  • Embodiment 25 The method of embodiment 23, wherein the second adapter is a branch ligation adapter (BLA) .
  • BLA branch ligation adapter
  • Embodiment 26 The method of embodiment 23, wherein the method further comprises extending the ligated second branch ligation adapter with a strand displacement polymerase.
  • Embodiment 27 The method of embodiment any of embodiments 1-26 , wherein the target nucleic acid is bound to the bead before the step (a) and step (b) .
  • Embodiment 28 The method of embodiment 27, wherein the method comprises incubating the target nucleic acid with the bead for a period of 0-30 minutes before the nicking in step (a) .
  • Embodiment 29 The method of embodiment 28, wherein the target nucleic acid is incubated with the bead in a buffer comprising 3-12%PEG.
  • Embodiment 30 The method of any of embodiments 1-26, wherein pH of the single reaction mixture is 7-9.
  • Embodiment 31 The method of any of embodiments 1-26, wherein the step (a) occurs in the presence of the ligase.
  • Embodiment 32 The method of embodiment any of embodiments 1-26, wherein the one or more nicking agents and ligases are chosen such that the rate of ligating is higher than the rate of nicking.
  • Embodiment 33 The method of embodiment 1, wherein the method further comprises after step (b) removing a DNA strand of the first adapter that is not ligated to the nucleic acid fragment by denaturing the reaction mixture.
  • Embodiment 34 The method of any of embodiments 1-26, wherein step (a) further comprises adding to the single reaction an exonuclease to increase the gap of the staggered single-stranded breaks.
  • Embodiment 35 The method of embodiment 34, wherein the increased gaps have lengths of 1-30 bases in the staggered single-stranded breaks.
  • Embodiment 36 A reaction mixture comprising (1) one or more nicking agents, (2) one or more ligases, and (3) a plurality of overlapping nucleic acid fragments separated by staggered single-stranded breaks, and (4) a partially double-stranded branch adapter comprising a barcode oligonucleotide and hybridization oligonucleotide hybridized to each other to form partially double-stranded nucleic acid molecule, wherein the barcode oligonucleotide is joined to a bead and comprises a barcode, wherein the hybridization oligonucleotide is not joined to the bead, wherein the partially double-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprises (i) a double-stranded blunt end having a 5’ terminus and a 3’ terminus and (ii) a single-stranded region comprising the barcode and having a single-stranded end, wherein the 5’ terminus of the double-stranded blunt end is ligated
  • Embodiment 37 The reaction mixture of embodiment 36, wherein the 5’ terminus of the at least one of the nucleic acid fragments is ligated to an L-adapter.
  • Embodiment 38 The reaction mixture of embodiment 37, wherein the L-adapter comprises 1-10 degenerate bases at the 3’ terminus.
  • Embodiment 39 A method for preparing a library of polynucleotides for sequencing comprises in a single reaction mixture:
  • the first adapter comprises (i) a double-stranded region having a 5’ terminus and a 3’ terminus and (ii) a single-stranded region comprising a barcode
  • Embodiment 40 The method of embodiment 39., wherein the second adapter is an L-adapter, wherein the L-adapter comprises a nucleic acid sequence at the 3’ terminus that hybridize to a single-stranded region of the target nucleic acid, and
  • Embodiment 41 The method of embodiment 39., wherein the method further comprises adding an enzyme to the reaction, wherein the enzyme degrades excess first adapter before ligating the second adapter.
  • Embodiment 42 The method of embodiment 39., wherein the second adapter comprises 1-10 degenerated bases at the 3’ terminus.
  • Embodiment 43 The method of embodiment 39., the method further comprises extending the at least one of the nucleic acid fragments that are joined with one or both of the first and second adapter to produce an extended nucleic acid fragment, wherein the extended nucleic acid fragment comprises a copy of the barcode.
  • Embodiment 44 The method of embodiment 39., wherein the first adapter is immobilized on a bead via the single-stranded region comprising the barcode, and wherein the bead is immobilized with multiple copies of the first adapters, each comprising the same barcode sequence.
  • Embodiment 45 The method of embodiment 39., wherein the 3’ terminus of the double-stranded region is a dideoxy blocker nucleotide.
  • Embodiment 46 A method for preparing a library of polynucleotides for sequencing comprises in a single reaction mixture: (a) contacting a double-stranded target nucleic acid with one or more nicking agents to produce overlapping nucleic acid fragments separated by staggered single-stranded breaks; and (b) contacting a bead comprising a plurality of partially double-stranded first adapters with the nucleic acid fragments in the presence of a ligase,
  • each first adapter comprises (i) a double-stranded region having a 5’ terminus and a 3’ terminus and (ii) a single-stranded region that is immobilized on a bead, wherein the single-stranded region comprises a barcode
  • the ligated first adapter comprises the barcode and at least one nucleic acid fragment
  • Embodiment 47 The method of embodiment 46, wherein the controlled extension is performed with a Tag polymerase, and wherein the method further comprises adding hairpin adapters to the first mixture in step (d) under permissible conditions for ligating the hairpin adapter to the double stranded molecule, thereby producing a second mixture comprising: a double stranded molecule ligated to the hairpin adapter, and a partially double stranded molecule that is not ligated to the hairpin adapter.
  • Embodiment 48 The method of embodiment 46, wherein the method further comprises adding an exonuclease that has double strand DNA exonuclease activity, thereby the exonuclease degrades the double stranded molecule.
  • Embodiment 49 The method of clam 47 of embodiment 48, wherein the method further comprises (e) extending the partially extended strand to incorporate the sequence of the nucleic acid fragment to produce a further extended product, and (f) ligating a second branch adapter to the terminus of further extended product.
  • Embodiment 50 The method of any of the embodiments above, wherein (1) nicking the target nucleic acid and ligating both the b-BLAs and the L-adapters to the nucleic acid fragments last at least 30 minutes, or wherein nicking the double-stranded target nucleic acid and ligating the first adapters to the nucleic acid fragments last at least 30 minutes.
  • the beads were immobilized with branch adapters comprising barcode sequences using methods described in Cheng, et al. 2018, A simple bead-based method for generating cost-effective co-barcoded sequence reads. Protocol Exchange, available at https: //doi. org/10.1038/protex. 2018.116; Wang, et al. Genome Res. 2019 May; 29 (5) : 798-808. doi: 10.1101/gr. 245126.118.
  • LSWB buffer Low Salt Wash Buffer: 0.05 M Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 0.15 M NaCl, and 0.05%Tween 20
  • 1X HB buffer comprise 30%PEG8000, 150 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 30 mM MgCl2, 3 mM ATP, and 0.15 mg/mL BSA, pH 8.3) once.
  • the branch adapter comprises a barcode oligonucleotide and hybridization oligonucleotide annealed to each other.
  • the 5-terminus of the barcode oligonucleotide has a phosphate group, and the 3-terminus of the hybridization oligonucleotide is a dideoxy nucleotide.
  • the barcode oligonucleotide has a sequence of:
  • the hybridization oligonucleotide has a sequence of G*TC*GT*CIGTGC*A*/3ddC/, in which 3ddC represents a dideoxy cytosine at the 3 prime.
  • the SSB mixture was prepared by mixing 4.75 ⁇ L (7.5 ug total) of SSB stock solution (Novus Biologicals #NBP2-35314-1mg) in 10.25 ⁇ L 1x HB buffer. The 15 ⁇ L SSB mixture was added to the genomic DNA and bead mixture from the previous step and incubated at 37°C for 15 minutes.
  • L-oligo has a sequence of GAGACGTTCTCGACTCAGCAGANNNN*N*N*N (N represents any one of A, T, C, G and each *represent a phosphothiolate bond, which are resistant to nucleases) .
  • the prepared L-oligo, ligase, Segmentase, and ExoIII working solutions were added to the 60 ⁇ L bead-gDNA mixture, each bead immobilized with branch adapters comprising barcodes, formed above on ice and mixed.
  • the total volume of the reaction mixture was 75 ⁇ L. See Table 3.
  • the reaction mixture was subjected to a condition cycling between 15°C for 30 seconds and 37°C for 30 seconds for a total of 54 cycles.
  • the reaction mixture was briefly spun down and placed on a magnet for 2 minutes.
  • the beads in the mixture were then washed with 40 ⁇ L of 0.1 M sodium hydroxide.
  • the beads were then washed twice with 100 ⁇ L LSWB.
  • the beads were resuspended in 50 ⁇ L LSWB and the bead suspension was kept at 4°C before the PCR amplification, which is further described below.
  • PCR products were then purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (160 ⁇ L) (Beckman Coulter #A63881) Beads were washed once in 200 ul of 0.8X Ampure wash buffer (mix 800 ul of fresh Ampure beads and 1 ml of TE, place beads on magnet, collect supernatant, this is the wash buffer) . The remain steps were performed according to manufacturer’s protocol. The purified product was eluted from the Ampure XP beads in 60 ⁇ L of TE buffer. A second round of PCR was performed with the mix and cycling conditions in Tables 6 and 7:
  • the PCR products were again purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (320 ul) using the same steps as above and eluted in 50 ul of TE.
  • the purified products were analyzed by electrophoresis.
  • the electrophoresis results of the nick-ligate products are shown in FIG. 12A.
  • the results indicate that increasing amounts of Segmentase resulted in progressively shorter average insert sizes while increasing amounts of T4 DNA ligase resulted in progressively longer average insert sizes.
  • the products formed in these individual reactions #1-#10 had lengths in the range of 300bp-2kb and were suitable for sequencing.
  • L-oligo (the same sequence as described in Example 1) , ligase (NEB #M0202T) , Masterase (Qiagen #EN31-005) , and Exo III (NEB #M0206S) were diluted in 1X HB ( ā€œDiluted concentrationā€ ) separately according to the Table 9 below:
  • L-oligo (the same as described in Example 1) , ligase, Segmentase, and ExoIII were added to the 55 ⁇ L bead-gDNA mixture formed above on ice and mixed. The total volume of the reaction was 75 ⁇ L. See Table 3 above.
  • the reaction mixture was to subjecting the reaction to a condition cycling between 10 °C for 30 seconds and 37 °C for 30 seconds for a total of 54 cycles.
  • the reaction mixture was briefly spun down and placed on a magnet for 2 minutes.
  • the beads in the mixture were then washed with 40 ⁇ L of 0.1 M sodium hydroxide.
  • the beads were then washed twice with 100 ⁇ L LSWB.
  • the beads were resuspended in 50 ⁇ L LSWB and the bead suspension was kept at 4°C before the PCR amplification, which is further described below.
  • the LSWB buffer was removed from the beads suspension and the beads were then resuspended in a PCR mixture containing primer PCR1 (SEQ ID NO: 1) and 2X KAPA HiFi (Roche #7958935001) . As described in the Table 10 below:
  • the primer extension reaction was placed on a magnetic rack for 2 minutes. The supernatant was collected and the mixture comprising components listed in Table 11 was added:
  • PCR2 (20uM) (SEQ ID NO: 2) 2.5 2x KAPA HiFi mix 0.5 Total 3.0 ul
  • ExoVII was added to remove any single stranded artifact products using the mix comprising the components below (Table 12) and the reaction was then incubated for 30 minutes.
  • extension products were then purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (85 ⁇ L) (Beckman Coulter #A63881) as described above.
  • the purified products were eluted in 60 ⁇ L of TE buffer.
  • a final round of PCR was performed with the mix under cycling conditions shown in Table 5, except the PCR was performed for nine cycles.
  • the PCR products were again purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (320 ul) using the same steps as above and eluted in 40 ul of TE.
  • the purified products were analyzed by electrophoresis.
  • the electrophoresis results of the nick ligation products are shown in FIG. 12B.
  • the results indicate that increasing amounts of Masterase resulted in progressively shorter insert lengths.
  • the products formed in reactions #1-#6 had lengths in the range of 300bp-3kb and were suitable for sequencing.
  • L-oligo (the same as described in Example 1) , ligase (NEB #M0202T) , Segmentase (MGI) , and Exo III (NEB #M0206S) were diluted in 1X HB ( ā€œDiluted concentrationā€ ) separately according to the Table 14 below,
  • the L-oligo (the same as described in Example 1) , ligase, Segmentase, and ExoIII were added to the 60 ⁇ L bead-gDNA mixture formed above on ice and mixed. The total volume of the reaction was 75 ⁇ L as described in Example 1.
  • the reaction mixture was to subjected to a condition cycling between 15 °C for 30 seconds and 37 °C for 30 seconds for a total of 36 cycles.
  • the reaction mixture was briefly spun down and placed on a magnet for 2 minutes.
  • the beads were then washed once with 100 ⁇ L LSWB.
  • the beads were resuspended in 60 ⁇ L 1X HB.
  • L-oligo (the same as described in Example 1) , ligase (NEB #M0202T) , and T7 exo (NEB #M0263S) were diluted in 1X HB ( ā€œDiluted concentrationā€ ) separately according to the Table 15 below:
  • the reaction mixture was to subjected to a condition cycling between 10 °C for 30 seconds and 37 °C for 30 seconds for a total of 36 cycles.
  • the reaction mixture was briefly spun down and placed on a magnet for 2 minutes.
  • the beads were then washed twice with 100 ⁇ L LSWB.
  • the beads were resuspended in 60 ⁇ L LSWB.
  • the LSWB buffer was removed from the beads suspension and the beads were then resuspended in a PCR mixture containing primers PCR1 and PCR2 (sequences below) and 2X KAPA HiFi (Roche #7958935001) . As described in the Table 16 below:
  • PCR cycling was performed according to the condition in Table 5 for 5 cycles.
  • the PCR products were then purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (160 ⁇ L) as described above.
  • the purified product was eluted in 60 ⁇ L of TE buffer.
  • a second round of PCR for 5 cycles was performed with the mix comprising the components in Table 17 and cycling conditions as shown in Table 5.
  • the PCR products were again purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (320 ul) using the same steps as above and eluted in 60 ul of TE.
  • the purified products were analyzed by electrophoresis.
  • Barcoded bead stock solutions containing 1 million beads per microliter were first washed using LSWB buffer (Low Salt Wash Buffer: 0.05 M Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 0.15 M NaCl, and 0.05%Tween 20) twice, and then with 1X HB buffer (3X HB: 30%PEG8000, 150 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 30 mM MgCl2, 3 mM ATP, and 0.15 mg/mL BSA, pH 8.3) once.
  • LSWB buffer Low Salt Wash Buffer: 0.05 M Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 0.15 M NaCl, and 0.05%Tween 20
  • 1X HB buffer 3X HB: 30%PEG8000, 150 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 30 mM MgCl2, 3 mM ATP, and 0.15 mg/mL BSA, pH 8.3
  • the SSB reaction was prepared by mixing 2.37 ⁇ L (3.75 ug total) of SSB stock solution in 7.63 ⁇ L 1x HB buffer to produce 10 ⁇ L SSB mixture.
  • the 10 ⁇ L SSB mixture was added to the genomic DNA and bead mixture from the previous step and incubated at 37°C for 15 minutes.
  • the reaction mixture was subjected to a condition cycling between 10 °C for 30 seconds and 37 °C for 30 seconds for a total of 36 cycles.
  • the reaction mixture was briefly spun down and placed on a magnet for 2 minutes.
  • the beads were then washed once with 100 ⁇ L LSWB.
  • the beads were resuspended in 60 ⁇ L 1X HB.
  • the reaction mixture was subjected to a condition cycling between 10 °C for 30 seconds and 37 °C for 30 seconds for a total of 36 cycles.
  • the reaction mixture was briefly spun down and placed on a magnet for 2 minutes.
  • the beads were then washed twice with 100 ⁇ L LSWB.
  • the beads were resuspended in 60 ⁇ L LSWB.
  • the LSWB buffer was removed from the beads suspension and the beads were then resuspended in a PCR mixture containing primers PCR1 and PCR2 (sequences below) and 2X KAPA HiFi (Roche #7958935001) . As described in the Table 21 below:
  • PCR products were then purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (160 ⁇ L) (Beckman Coulter #A63881) Beads were washed once in 200 ul of 0.8X Ampure wash buffer (mix 800 ul of fresh Ampure beads and 1 ml of TE, place beads on magnet, collect supernatant, this is the wash buffer) . The remain steps were performed according to manufacturer’s protocol. and the product was eluted in 60 ⁇ L of TE buffer. A second round of PCR was performed with the mix comprising the ingredients in Table 22 and cycling conditions as show in Table 5, except that the PCR was performed for seven cycles.
  • the PCR products were again purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (320 ul) using the same steps as above and eluted in 60 ul of TE.
  • the purified products were analyzed by electrophoresis.
  • 10C/37C, x36 refers to subjecting the reaction to a condition cycling between 10 °C for 30 seconds and 37 °C for 30 seconds for a total of 36 cycles.
  • the electrophoresis results of the nick ligation products indicate that increasing amounts of Masterase result in progressively shorter insert lengths and increasing amounts of T4 ligase result in progressively longer insert lengths.
  • the fragments are formed in these reactions were suitable for sequencing See FIG. 12D.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Consolidation Of Soil By Introduction Of Solidifying Substances Into Soil (AREA)
  • Ceramic Products (AREA)
  • Earth Drilling (AREA)

Abstract

This application relates to methods and compositions for preparing a library of polynucleotides for sequencing comprises in a single reaction mixture. The method comprises contacting a double-stranded target nucleic acid with one or more nicking agents to produce overlapping nucleic acid fragments separated by staggered single-stranded breaks; and contacting a partially double-stranded first adapter with at least one of the nucleic acid fragments in the presence of a ligase, thereby ligating the 5' terminus of the double-stranded region of the first adapter to the 3' terminus of the at least one of the nucleic acid fragments using a DNA ligase via 3' branch ligation. The first adapter comprises (i) a double-stranded blunt end having a 5' terminus and a 3' terminus and (ii) a single-stranded region comprising a barcode.

Description

Nick-LigateĀ STLFR
RELATEDĀ APPLICATION
ThisĀ applicationĀ claimsĀ priorityĀ toĀ andĀ theĀ benefitĀ ofĀ USĀ ProvisionalĀ ApplicationĀ No.Ā 63/224,731,Ā filedĀ onĀ JulyĀ 22,Ā 2021.Ā TheĀ entireĀ contentĀ ofĀ saidĀ provisionalĀ applicationĀ isĀ hereinĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ referenceĀ forĀ allĀ purposes.
BACKGROUND
ConstructingĀ sequencingĀ librariesĀ forĀ commonlyĀ usedĀ next-generationĀ sequencingĀ platformsĀ oftenĀ requiresĀ addingĀ adaptersĀ toĀ bothĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acids.Ā TheseĀ adaptersĀ typicallyĀ containĀ barcodesĀ forĀ sampleĀ orĀ moleculeĀ identification.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā co-barcodingĀ isĀ implementedĀ toĀ addĀ theĀ sameĀ barcodeĀ toĀ sub-fragmentsĀ ofĀ singleĀ longĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ moleculesĀ toĀ facilitateĀ whole-genomeĀ sequencing.Ā TheĀ currentĀ processesĀ ofĀ constructionĀ ofĀ sequencingĀ librariesĀ oftenĀ requireĀ multi-stepĀ proceduresĀ toĀ addĀ adapters.Ā EachĀ ofĀ theĀ stepsĀ areĀ oftenĀ carriedĀ outĀ inĀ separateĀ reactionsĀ orĀ vessels,Ā whichĀ canĀ beĀ labor-intensiveĀ andĀ inefficient.
SUMMARYĀ OFĀ INVENTION
InĀ oneĀ aspect,Ā thisĀ disclosureĀ providesĀ aĀ methodĀ forĀ preparingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ adapteredĀ polynucleotidesĀ forĀ sequencing,Ā comprising,Ā inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture:Ā (a)Ā contactingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks;Ā (b)Ā providingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ beadsĀ eachĀ comprisingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adaptersĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ beadsĀ (b-BLAs)Ā andĀ providingĀ populationĀ ofĀ L-adaptersĀ withĀ aĀ degenerateĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ andĀ (c)Ā contactingĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ withĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligase,Ā wherebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,Ā (d)Ā contactĀ theĀ populationĀ ofĀ L-adaptersĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligaseĀ therebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ L-adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,Ā therebyĀ obtainingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus.
InĀ anotherĀ aspect,Ā disclosedĀ hereinĀ isĀ aĀ methodĀ forĀ preparingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ polynucleotidesĀ forĀ sequencingĀ comprisesĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture:
(a)Ā contactingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ toĀ produceĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks;Ā and
(b)Ā contactingĀ aĀ beadĀ comprisingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ withĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligase,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ comprisingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ oneĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ complementaryĀ strandĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ thatĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ bead,Ā whereinĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcode,Ā therebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ strandĀ inĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ usingĀ aĀ DNAĀ ligaseĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā whereinĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ theĀ barcodeĀ andĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,Ā (c)Ā denaturingĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā andĀ (d)Ā performingĀ aĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ ofĀ aĀ primerĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ isĀ 3’ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ inĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ partiallyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ ligationĀ firstĀ adapter.
InĀ yetĀ anotherĀ aspect,Ā disclosedĀ hereinĀ isĀ aĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ comprisingĀ (1)Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agents,Ā (2)Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ ligases,Ā (3)Ā aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks,Ā andĀ (4)Ā aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ branchĀ adapterĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ eachĀ otherĀ toĀ formĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ molecule,Ā whereinĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ aĀ beadĀ andĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcode,Ā whereinĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,Ā whereinĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ moleculeĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ havingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ theĀ barcodeĀ andĀ havingĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ end,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.
BRIEFĀ DESCRIPTIONĀ OFĀ THEĀ DRAWINGS
TheĀ drawingsĀ andĀ descriptionsĀ thereofĀ illustrateĀ examplaryĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ invention.Ā TheĀ inventionsĀ providedĀ inĀ thisĀ disclosureĀ areĀ notĀ limitedĀ toĀ theĀ embodimentsĀ shownĀ inĀ theseĀ drawings.
FIG.Ā 1Ā showsĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ workĀ flowĀ ofĀ aĀ libraryĀ preparationĀ method.
FIG.Ā 2Ā illustratesĀ nickingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ (210)Ā toĀ generateĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ (220)Ā .Ā FIG.Ā 2Ā alsoĀ illustratesĀ extendingĀ theĀ breaksĀ toĀ creatorĀ extendingĀ theĀ gapĀ (230)Ā betweenĀ theĀ fragmentsĀ (240)Ā separatedĀ byĀ theĀ breaksĀ toĀ prepareĀ forĀ ligationĀ ofĀ adapters.
FIG.Ā 3AĀ andĀ 3BĀ showsĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ methodĀ ofĀ addingĀ aĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ (320)Ā toĀ theĀ 3’ endĀ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ DNAĀ (310)Ā throughĀ branchĀ ligationĀ (320)Ā andĀ addingĀ anĀ L-adapterĀ (340)Ā toĀ theĀ 5’ endĀ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ DNAĀ inĀ oneĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture.Ā FIG.Ā 3AĀ showsĀ thatĀ aĀ beadĀ (300)Ā compriseĀ b-BLAsĀ immobilizedĀ thereon.Ā EachĀ b-BLAĀ consistsĀ ofĀ twoĀ strands:Ā 1)Ā aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ (330)Ā andĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ end,Ā andĀ 2)Ā aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotide,Ā whichĀ isĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotide.Ā TheĀ 5’ ofĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ beadĀ (300)Ā .Ā AlthoughĀ shownĀ inĀ separateĀ stepsĀ forĀ betterĀ illustrationĀ andĀ explanation,Ā theĀ additionĀ ofĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ andĀ L-adapterĀ canĀ occurĀ inĀ oneĀ singleĀ reaction.Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ (330)Ā fromĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ (340)Ā wasĀ copiedĀ byĀ extendingĀ theĀ strandĀ (350)Ā thatĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,Ā whichĀ producesĀ anĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (360)Ā .Ā ExcessĀ b-BLAĀ adaptersĀ (370)Ā (i.e.,Ā b-BLAĀ adaptersĀ thatĀ areĀ notĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ fragment)Ā willĀ alsoĀ beĀ extended.Ā TheĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (360)Ā canĀ beĀ amplifiedĀ usingĀ twoĀ primersĀ annealedĀ toĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ andĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ twoĀ termini.Ā Alternatively,Ā theĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (360)Ā canĀ beĀ circularizedĀ byĀ usingĀ aĀ splitĀ oligoĀ thatĀ annealsĀ toĀ bothĀ adapterĀ sequences,Ā asĀ furtherĀ describedĀ below.Ā SeeĀ sectionĀ 10Ā entitledĀ ā€œAmplificationā€Ā .Ā TheĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ (370)Ā doĀ notĀ haveĀ anĀ L-adapterĀ andĀ thusĀ cannotĀ beĀ amplifiedĀ byĀ PCRĀ orĀ circularized.
FIG.Ā 4Ā showsĀ anĀ exemplaryĀ methodĀ ofĀ addingĀ aĀ b-BLAĀ (410)Ā toĀ theĀ 3’ andĀ anĀ L-adapterĀ (420)Ā toĀ theĀ 5’ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ DNAĀ inĀ oneĀ singleĀ reaction.Ā TheĀ L-adaptersĀ comprisesĀ protectedĀ bondĀ  (forĀ example,Ā aĀ (phosphorothioateĀ bondĀ orĀ theĀ like)Ā toĀ preventĀ exonucleaseĀ digestionĀ (indicatedĀ byĀ *)Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ ofĀ eachĀ b-BLAĀ isĀ blockedĀ atĀ theĀ 3Ā endĀ (e.g.,Ā byĀ havingĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotide)Ā .Ā TheĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ ofĀ theĀ sameĀ b-BLAĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ throughĀ 3’ branchĀ ligation.Ā TheĀ ligatedĀ productĀ (450)Ā formedĀ byĀ ligatingĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ isĀ extendedĀ toĀ incorporateĀ theĀ barcodeĀ (430)Ā fromĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ toĀ formĀ anĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (460)Ā .Ā TheĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (460)Ā canĀ beĀ releasedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadĀ byĀ denaturing,Ā andĀ theĀ releasedĀ fragmentĀ isĀ thenĀ amplifiedĀ byĀ PCRĀ orĀ circularized.Ā Optionally,Ā excessĀ b-BLAĀ (440)Ā canĀ beĀ degradedĀ byĀ aĀ LambdaĀ exonucleaseĀ andĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ toĀ avoidĀ amplifyingĀ unligatedĀ adapters.
FIG.Ā 5Ā showsĀ anotherĀ exemplaryĀ methodĀ ofĀ addingĀ aĀ b-BLAĀ (510)Ā toĀ theĀ 3’ andĀ addingĀ anĀ L-adapterĀ (520)Ā toĀ theĀ 5’ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ DNAĀ inĀ oneĀ singleĀ reactionĀ similarĀ toĀ whatĀ isĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 4.Ā TheĀ b-BLAsĀ areĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ beadsĀ (500)Ā .Ā UnlikeĀ FIG.Ā 4,Ā whereinĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ blockedĀ fromĀ beingĀ extended,Ā inĀ Fig.Ā 5,Ā theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ blockedĀ andĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ toĀ produceĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (550)Ā ;Ā thereĀ isĀ noĀ needĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ barcodeĀ byĀ extension.Ā Then,Ā bothĀ theĀ excessĀ b-BLAĀ (560)Ā andĀ theĀ ligatedĀ productĀ areĀ denatured,Ā whichĀ resultsĀ inĀ single-strandedĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (530)Ā ,Ā whichĀ remainsĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead.Ā InĀ oneĀ approach,Ā theĀ b-BLAĀ comprisesĀ uracilsĀ nearĀ theĀ 3’ endĀ ofĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotide;Ā theĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (530)Ā producedĀ asĀ aboveĀ canĀ beĀ releasedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadĀ byĀ contactingĀ USER.Ā ThisĀ releasedĀ strandĀ (540)Ā canĀ thenĀ beĀ amplifiedĀ orĀ directlyĀ circularized.Ā Optionally,Ā theĀ excessĀ b-BLAsĀ (570)Ā canĀ beĀ removedĀ byĀ RecJĀ orĀ Exo7Ā treatment.Ā TheĀ ā€œ*ā€Ā representĀ theĀ phosphorothioateĀ bonds.
FIG.Ā 6Ā showsĀ anĀ illustrativeĀ embodimentĀ ofĀ theĀ inventionĀ inĀ whichĀ b-BLAĀ areĀ contactedĀ withĀ theĀ targetĀ DNAsĀ duringĀ theĀ nickaseĀ treatment.Ā SimilarĀ toĀ FIG.Ā 4,Ā theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ ofĀ eachĀ b-BLAĀ isĀ blockedĀ fromĀ beingĀ extended;Ā butĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 6,Ā eachĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ mayĀ alsoĀ compriseĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ uracilsĀ (610)Ā betweenĀ theĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ (620)Ā andĀ theĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotide.Ā TheĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ (630)Ā canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ throughĀ branchĀ ligation.Ā USERĀ isĀ thenĀ addedĀ toĀ cleaveĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ releaseĀ theĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ whichĀ resultsĀ inĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ havingĀ anĀ  extendibleĀ endĀ (650)Ā .Ā TheĀ ligatedĀ productĀ (630)Ā isĀ extendedĀ toĀ incorporateĀ theĀ barcodeĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (640)Ā .Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ whichĀ isĀ freeĀ ofĀ theĀ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ (650)Ā isĀ alsoĀ extended.Ā ExoIII,Ā whichĀ hasĀ 3’→5’ exonucleaseĀ activity,Ā isĀ thenĀ addedĀ toĀ completelyĀ degradeĀ theĀ excessĀ b-BLAĀ (660)Ā andĀ alsoĀ partiallyĀ degradeĀ theĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ fromĀ 3’→5’ direction,Ā whichĀ resultsĀ inĀ aĀ partiallyĀ hybridizedĀ barcodedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (670)Ā .Ā SaidĀ partiallyĀ hybridizedĀ barcodedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (670)Ā isĀ thenĀ extendedĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (680)Ā ,Ā whichĀ isĀ thenĀ ligatedĀ withĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ throughĀ bluntĀ endĀ ligation.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ secondĀ adaptersĀ doĀ notĀ compriseĀ 5’ phosphateĀ groupĀ toĀ minimizeĀ self-ligation.Ā TheĀ ligationĀ productĀ isĀ denaturedĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (690)Ā ,Ā whichĀ nowĀ hasĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ bothĀ ends.Ā TheĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (690)Ā canĀ nowĀ beĀ amplifiedĀ byĀ PCRĀ orĀ circularized.
FIG.Ā 7AĀ andĀ 7BĀ showĀ anotherĀ embodimentĀ ofĀ theĀ inventionĀ inĀ whichĀ b-BLAsĀ areĀ immobilizedĀ toĀ aĀ beadĀ (700)Ā .Ā EachĀ b-BLAĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ (710)Ā andĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ (720)Ā hybridizedĀ toĀ eachĀ other.Ā TheĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ comprisesĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ end,Ā andĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ comprisesĀ uracilsĀ atĀ aĀ locusĀ thatĀ isĀ 5’ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ (790)Ā .Ā FIG.Ā 7AĀ andĀ 7BĀ illustrateĀ theĀ followingĀ events:Ā 1)Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ nickase-treatedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ andĀ formĀ aĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (730)Ā throughĀ branchĀ ligation.Ā 2)Ā TheĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ removedĀ byĀ denaturing;Ā 3)Ā AĀ nucleaseĀ suchĀ asĀ RecJĀ orĀ ExoVIIĀ isĀ addedĀ toĀ degradeĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ excessĀ b-BLAĀ (740)Ā ;Ā 4)Ā AĀ primerĀ (750)Ā isĀ annealedĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ 5’ ofĀ theĀ barcodeĀ onĀ theĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (730)Ā andĀ extendedĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ moleculeĀ (760)Ā ;Ā TheĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ moleculeĀ isĀ thenĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ second,Ā double-strandedĀ adapterĀ (770)Ā toĀ formĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ (780)Ā withĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ bothĀ ends,Ā oneĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ fromĀ theĀ branchĀ adapterĀ andĀ theĀ otherĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ fromĀ theĀ second,Ā double-strandedĀ adapter.Ā Optionally,Ā theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ doesĀ notĀ compriseĀ aĀ 5’ phosphateĀ toĀ avoidĀ self-ligation.Ā TheĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ (780)Ā withĀ duaL-adapterĀ sequencesĀ areĀ thenĀ denaturedĀ andĀ releasedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadĀ byĀ USER,Ā resultingĀ inĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ moleculeĀ (781)Ā ,Ā whichĀ canĀ thenĀ beĀ amplifiedĀ and/orĀ circularized.
FIG.Ā 8Ā showsĀ anĀ illustrativeĀ embodimentĀ ofĀ theĀ inventionĀ inĀ whichĀ b-BLAsĀ areĀ immobilizedĀ toĀ aĀ beadĀ (800)Ā .Ā EachĀ b-BLAĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ (820)Ā andĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ (810)Ā .Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ (820)Ā comprisesĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ atĀ theĀ 3’.Ā TheĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ inĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ viaĀ branchĀ ligationĀ duringĀ theĀ nickaseĀ treatment.Ā AĀ lambdaĀ exonucleaseĀ andĀ exonucleaseĀ IĀ isĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ reactionĀ toĀ removeĀ theĀ excessĀ b-BLAsĀ (830)Ā .Ā TheĀ ligationĀ productĀ formedĀ byĀ ligatingĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ isĀ extendedĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ barcode,Ā whichĀ resultsĀ inĀ aĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (840)Ā ,Ā whichĀ isĀ separatedĀ fromĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ byĀ denaturing.Ā AĀ primerĀ isĀ annealedĀ toĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ moleculeĀ atĀ aĀ sequenceĀ 3’ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ andĀ extended.Ā TheĀ extensionĀ formsĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ (850)Ā ,Ā whichĀ isĀ thenĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (860)Ā havingĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ bothĀ ends.Ā TheĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (860)Ā canĀ thenĀ beĀ amplifiedĀ byĀ PCR.Ā Alternatively,Ā theĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ canĀ beĀ denaturedĀ toĀ formĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,Ā whichĀ isĀ thenĀ circularized.Ā Optionally,Ā theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ lacksĀ aĀ 5’ phosphate,Ā whichĀ canĀ minimizeĀ self-ligationĀ ofĀ individualĀ secondĀ adapters.
FIG.Ā 9AĀ andĀ FIG.Ā 9BĀ showĀ anotherĀ embodimentĀ ofĀ theĀ inventionĀ inĀ whichĀ aĀ b-BLAsĀ areĀ immobilizedĀ toĀ theĀ beadĀ (900)Ā .Ā EachĀ b-BLAĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ (910)Ā andĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ (920)Ā hybridizedĀ toĀ eachĀ other.Ā TheĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ (920)Ā comprisesĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ end.Ā First,Ā theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ nickase-treatedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ andĀ formĀ aĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (930)Ā throughĀ branchĀ ligation.Ā Second,Ā theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ removedĀ byĀ denaturing.Ā Third,Ā aĀ controlledĀ polymeraseĀ extensionĀ isĀ performed,Ā whichĀ leavesĀ aĀ 5’ overhangĀ (940)Ā thatĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ 3’ branchĀ ligation.Ā TheĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ onlyĀ goesĀ aboutĀ 100-150Ā basesĀ andĀ isĀ performedĀ byĀ aĀ DNAĀ polymeraseĀ thatĀ doesĀ notĀ haveĀ 3-5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ resultingĀ inĀ anĀ AĀ tailĀ (950)Ā atĀ theĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ template.Ā ThisĀ willĀ causeĀ completeĀ extensionĀ andĀ AĀ tailingĀ ofĀ excessĀ adapter,Ā butĀ thoseĀ adaptersĀ ligatedĀ toĀ genomicĀ fragmentsĀ willĀ beĀ incomplete.Ā Next,Ā ligationĀ isĀ performedĀ withĀ aĀ hairpinĀ adapterĀ withĀ aĀ TĀ tailĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ AĀ tailĀ ofĀ theĀ extendedĀ excessĀ adapters,Ā resultingĀ theĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ (960)Ā beingĀ blockedĀ fromĀ ligationĀ orĀ  extensionĀ whileĀ theĀ remainingĀ adaptersĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ (970)Ā areĀ notĀ blockedĀ (i.e.,Ā theseĀ remainingĀ adaptersĀ areĀ unableĀ toĀ ligateĀ toĀ theĀ hairpinĀ adapters)Ā .Ā TheĀ terminatorsĀ canĀ beĀ addedĀ atĀ differentĀ concentrationsĀ orĀ atĀ differentĀ timeĀ pointsĀ duringĀ differentĀ cyclesĀ toĀ produceĀ extensionĀ productsĀ havingĀ differentĀ length,Ā whichĀ canĀ provideĀ overlappingĀ coverageĀ acrossĀ mostĀ ofĀ theĀ basesĀ ofĀ eachĀ fragmentĀ duringĀ theĀ sequencingĀ process.
TheĀ remainingĀ adaptersĀ (970)Ā areĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ withĀ reversibleĀ terminators,Ā followedĀ byĀ aĀ reactionĀ toĀ removeĀ theĀ terminatorĀ blockingĀ group,Ā andĀ thenĀ 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ isĀ performedĀ toĀ addĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ (980)Ā toĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ atĀ theĀ end.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ isĀ thenĀ denaturedĀ andĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisingĀ twoĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ bothĀ endsĀ (990)Ā canĀ thenĀ beĀ amplifiedĀ byĀ PCRĀ orĀ circularized.
FIG.Ā 10AĀ andĀ FIG.Ā 10BĀ showĀ anotherĀ embodimentĀ ofĀ theĀ inventionĀ thatĀ involvesĀ performingĀ aĀ controlledĀ extension.Ā SimilarĀ toĀ FIG.Ā 9AĀ andĀ 9B.Ā TheĀ b-BLAĀ usedĀ inĀ thisĀ embodimentĀ isĀ alsoĀ aĀ branchĀ adapter,Ā whichĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ (1020)Ā hybridizedĀ toĀ eachĀ other.Ā TheĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ (1020)Ā comprisesĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ end.Ā First,Ā theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ nickase-treatedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ andĀ formĀ aĀ barcodedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (1030)Ā throughĀ branchĀ ligation.Ā Second,Ā theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ removedĀ byĀ denaturing.Ā Third,Ā aĀ controlledĀ polymeraseĀ extensionĀ isĀ performedĀ usingĀ aĀ polymeraseĀ withĀ 3-5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ underĀ conditionsĀ toĀ limitĀ theĀ extensionĀ toĀ aboutĀ 100-150Ā bases.Ā ThisĀ leavesĀ aĀ 5’ overhangĀ (1040)Ā thatĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ 3’ branchĀ ligation.Ā ThisĀ resultsĀ inĀ anĀ incompleteĀ extensionĀ forĀ thoseĀ adaptersĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (1040)Ā andĀ completeĀ extensionĀ forĀ theĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ (1050)Ā .Ā whichĀ formĀ aĀ bluntĀ endĀ dsDNAĀ adapterĀ withĀ aĀ 5’ phosphate.Ā AĀ lambdaĀ exonucleaseĀ isĀ thenĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ reactionĀ andĀ LambdaĀ degradesĀ theĀ bluntĀ endĀ dsDNAĀ adapterĀ withĀ theĀ 5’ phosphateĀ (1050)Ā .Ā LambdaĀ exonucleaseĀ prefersĀ phosphorylatedĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ overĀ single-strandedĀ DNA,Ā soĀ adapteredĀ shortĀ insertsĀ (suchĀ asĀ 1050)Ā wouldĀ beĀ preferentiallyĀ degradedĀ overĀ longĀ DNAĀ insertsĀ (suchĀ asĀ 1040)Ā .Ā TheĀ remainingĀ stepsĀ ofĀ theĀ method,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 10B,Ā areĀ similarĀ toĀ thoseĀ depictedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 9AĀ andĀ 9B.
FIG.Ā 11AĀ showsĀ performingĀ controlledĀ extensionsĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 10A,Ā whichĀ fullyĀ extendĀ theĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ (1150)Ā andĀ partiallyĀ extendĀ theĀ ligatedĀ productsĀ (1140)Ā .Ā FIG.Ā 11BĀ  showsĀ thatĀ theĀ partiallyĀ extendedĀ ligationĀ productsĀ (1140)Ā areĀ thenĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ reversibleĀ terminators,Ā followedĀ byĀ removalĀ ofĀ theĀ terminatorĀ blockingĀ groupĀ inĀ theĀ reversibleĀ terminators,Ā thenĀ ligatedĀ withĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ (1160)Ā .Ā ThisĀ resultsĀ inĀ theĀ blunt-endĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ excessĀ adapterĀ (1150)Ā andĀ 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ barcodedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ (1170)Ā toĀ formĀ aĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ havingĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ bothĀ endsĀ (1180)Ā .Ā TheĀ unligatedĀ strandĀ (1190)Ā isĀ extendedĀ byĀ aĀ strandĀ displacingĀ polymeraseĀ underĀ extension-controllingĀ conditionsĀ soĀ thatĀ theĀ unligatedĀ strandĀ onlyĀ extendsĀ aboutĀ 100-150Ā bases.Ā ThisĀ extensionĀ resultsĀ inĀ theĀ strandĀ displacementĀ ofĀ theĀ adapteredĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ thatĀ remainsĀ immobilizedĀ ontoĀ theĀ beadĀ andĀ theĀ releaseĀ ofĀ adapteredĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ (1190)Ā .Ā TheĀ releaseĀ ofĀ adapteredĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ canĀ beĀ collectedĀ inĀ theĀ solution.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ canĀ beĀ reusedĀ forĀ theĀ nextĀ cycleĀ ofĀ controlledĀ extension.Ā SimilarĀ toĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ describedĀ aboveĀ involvingĀ reversibleĀ terminators,Ā theĀ terminatorsĀ canĀ beĀ addedĀ atĀ differentĀ concentrationsĀ orĀ atĀ differentĀ timeĀ pointsĀ duringĀ differentĀ cyclesĀ toĀ produceĀ extensionĀ productsĀ havingĀ differentĀ length.Ā ThisĀ advantageouslyĀ providesĀ overlappingĀ coverageĀ acrossĀ mostĀ ofĀ theĀ basesĀ ofĀ eachĀ fragmentĀ duringĀ theĀ sequencingĀ process.
FIG.Ā 12AĀ andĀ FIG.Ā 12BĀ showĀ theĀ resultsĀ ofĀ electrophoresisĀ ofĀ nick-ligateĀ productsĀ formedĀ usingĀ methodsĀ disclosedĀ herein.Ā SegmentaseĀ (availableĀ fromĀ MGI,Ā Shenzhen,Ā P.Ā R.Ā China)Ā wasĀ usedĀ inĀ graduallyĀ increasingĀ amountsĀ inĀ differentĀ reactionsĀ depictedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 12A,Ā andĀ MasteraseĀ (Qiagen)Ā wasĀ usedĀ inĀ graduallyĀ increasingĀ amountsĀ inĀ differentĀ reactionsĀ depictedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 12B.Ā FIG.Ā 12CĀ andĀ FIG.Ā 12DĀ showĀ theĀ resultsĀ ofĀ electrophoresisĀ ofĀ productsĀ formedĀ fromĀ twoĀ roundsĀ ofĀ nick-ligateĀ reactions.Ā SegmentaseĀ wasĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ reactionsĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 12CĀ andĀ masteraseĀ wasĀ usedĀ theĀ reactionsĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 12D.
DETAILEDĀ DESCRIPTION
I.Ā Overview
DescribedĀ hereinĀ areĀ ā€œnick-ligateā€Ā orĀ ā€œnick-ligationā€Ā singleĀ tubeĀ LFRĀ methodsĀ forĀ preparingĀ sequencingĀ libraries.Ā TheĀ methodsĀ introduceĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ (e.g.,Ā nicksĀ orĀ gaps)Ā inĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ withĀ controlledĀ speed,Ā frequency,Ā orĀ both.Ā TheĀ methodsĀ alsoĀ ligateĀ adapterĀ (s)Ā toĀ theĀ 3’ (3-prime)Ā sideĀ ofĀ theĀ break,Ā theĀ 5’ (5-prime)Ā sideĀ ofĀ theĀ break,Ā orĀ  bothĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ nicksĀ orĀ gaps,Ā asĀ furtherĀ describedĀ below.Ā AdditionĀ ofĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ adaptersĀ producesĀ anĀ ā€œadapteredĀ fragment.Ā ā€Ā EnzymaticĀ reactionsĀ involvedĀ inĀ preparingĀ theĀ library,Ā e.g.,Ā nickingĀ andĀ ligating,Ā canĀ beĀ performedĀ inĀ oneĀ singleĀ mixtureĀ toĀ produceĀ librariesĀ ofĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ withĀ desiredĀ adaptersĀ andĀ barcodes.
TheĀ nick-ligateĀ methodsĀ haveĀ certainĀ advantagesĀ thatĀ areĀ particularlyĀ suitableĀ forĀ deĀ novoĀ assemblyĀ ofĀ sequenceĀ readsĀ forĀ largeĀ genomicĀ fragmentĀ sequencing.
First,Ā theĀ processĀ createsĀ overlappingĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ thatĀ remainĀ associatedĀ withĀ eachĀ otherĀ duringĀ theĀ entireĀ processĀ ofĀ libraryĀ preparation.Ā AsĀ comparedĀ toĀ methodsĀ (e.g.,Ā transposonĀ insertion-basedĀ methods)Ā thatĀ createĀ aĀ double-strandĀ breakĀ atĀ theĀ DNAĀ strandĀ breakĀ sites,Ā theĀ methodsĀ disclosedĀ hereinĀ avoidĀ materialĀ lossĀ andĀ increaseĀ theĀ cloneĀ coverageĀ ofĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acids.
Second,Ā asĀ comparedĀ toĀ theĀ transposon-mediatedĀ co-barcodingĀ methodsĀ (e.g.,Ā asĀ describedĀ inĀ ZhangĀ etĀ al.,Ā NatureĀ Biotechnology,Ā JuneĀ 2017,Ā doiĀ 10.1038/nbt.Ā 3897)Ā theĀ nick-ligateĀ methodsĀ avoidĀ theĀ biasĀ causedĀ byĀ transposaseĀ preferenceĀ forĀ certainĀ DNAĀ sequences.
Third,Ā unlikeĀ multi-stepĀ transposon-basedĀ co-barcodingĀ methods,Ā theĀ libraryĀ preparationĀ andĀ co-barcodingĀ processesĀ disclosedĀ hereinĀ canĀ beĀ carriedĀ outĀ asĀ single-step,Ā single-tubeĀ preparation.
Fourth,Ā theĀ sizeĀ ofĀ theĀ adapteredĀ fragmentsĀ createdĀ byĀ theĀ methodsĀ disclosedĀ hereinĀ canĀ beĀ controlledĀ byĀ controllingĀ theĀ componentsĀ inĀ theĀ reactionĀ regardlessĀ ofĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acid.Ā TheĀ sizeĀ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ producedĀ byĀ otherĀ existingĀ transposon-basedĀ methodsĀ isĀ affectedĀ byĀ theĀ amountĀ ofĀ highĀ molecularĀ weightĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ inĀ theĀ reaction,Ā andĀ thusĀ oftenĀ difficultĀ toĀ control.Ā InĀ contrast,Ā inĀ theĀ methodsĀ disclosedĀ herein,Ā sizeĀ canĀ beĀ controlledĀ by,Ā e.g.,Ā balancingĀ theĀ amountĀ ofĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ andĀ ligases.
AnĀ exemplaryĀ workflowĀ isĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 1.Ā InĀ StepsĀ 1Ā andĀ 2Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ isĀ nickedĀ toĀ produceĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ (220)Ā .Ā InĀ StepĀ 3,Ā theĀ breaksĀ areĀ extendedĀ (equivalently,Ā ā€œwidenedā€Ā orĀ ā€œgapĀ openedā€Ā )Ā byĀ ā€œgappingĀ enzymesā€Ā suchĀ asĀ theĀ KlenowĀ fragmentĀ (inĀ theĀ absenceĀ ofĀ nucleotides)Ā .Ā AsĀ illustratedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2,Ā theseĀ nickingĀ andĀ gappingĀ processesĀ produceĀ single-strandedĀ gapsĀ andĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ (240)Ā  (Ā ā€œfragmentsā€Ā )Ā .Ā AĀ portionĀ ofĀ eachĀ ofĀ theseĀ fragmentsĀ remainsĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ anotherĀ fragmentĀ havingĀ aĀ complementaryĀ sequence.
InĀ StepĀ 3,Ā theĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ ligatedĀ toĀ adapters.Ā OneĀ ofĀ theĀ adaptersĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ bead,Ā referredĀ toĀ asĀ bead-linkedĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ orĀ B-BLA.Ā TheĀ otherĀ adapterĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ L-adapterĀ thatĀ isĀ providedĀ inĀ solution.Ā Optionally,Ā excessĀ adaptersĀ (i.e.,Ā adaptersĀ thatĀ areĀ notĀ ligatedĀ toĀ anyĀ ofĀ theĀ fragments)Ā mayĀ beĀ removedĀ byĀ nucleasesĀ (StepĀ 4)Ā .
InĀ StepĀ 5,Ā inĀ someĀ cases,Ā adapteredĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ widenedĀ toĀ produceĀ double-strandedĀ fragmentsĀ thatĀ includeĀ theĀ barcodeĀ sequence.Ā AlthoughĀ disclosedĀ hereinĀ asĀ separateĀ steps,Ā theĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligatingĀ canĀ occurĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ andĀ mayĀ occurĀ simultaneously.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligationĀ reactionĀ mayĀ lastĀ atĀ leastĀ 30Ā minutes,Ā e.g.,Ā atĀ leastĀ 60Ā minutes,Ā atĀ leastĀ 90Ā minutes,Ā orĀ atĀ leastĀ 120+Ā minutes.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ double-strandedĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ denaturedĀ toĀ formĀ single-strandedĀ molecules.
InĀ StepĀ 6,Ā theĀ denaturedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ amplified,Ā e.g.,Ā byĀ PCRĀ usingĀ primersĀ annealedĀ toĀ theĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ bothĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ fragment.Ā Alternatively,Ā theĀ denaturedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ canĀ beĀ circularizedĀ andĀ amplified.
VariationsĀ ofĀ thisĀ workflowĀ areĀ alsoĀ encompassedĀ byĀ theĀ disclosure.Ā ExemplaryĀ variationsĀ areĀ shownĀ inĀ FIGS.Ā 3-8.
II.Ā Definitions
ComponentsĀ orĀ aĀ reactionĀ inĀ ā€œaĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture,Ā ā€Ā meansĀ thatĀ theĀ reactionĀ occursĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ mixtureĀ withoutĀ compartmentalizationĀ intoĀ separateĀ tubes,Ā vessels,Ā aliquots,Ā wells,Ā chambers,Ā orĀ dropletsĀ duringĀ taggingĀ steps.Ā ComponentsĀ canĀ beĀ addedĀ simultaneouslyĀ orĀ inĀ anyĀ orderĀ toĀ makeĀ theĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œstaggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaksā€Ā refersĀ toĀ breaksĀ (producedĀ byĀ nickingĀ orĀ gapping)Ā introducedĀ intoĀ singleĀ strandsĀ ofĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ orĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ moleculeĀ ,Ā resultingĀ inĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ otherĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ ForĀ atĀ leastĀ someĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,Ā  aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ 5’ sequenceĀ isĀ complementaryĀ toĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ 5’ sequenceĀ ofĀ anotherĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ andĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ 3’ sequenceĀ isĀ complementaryĀ toĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ theĀ 3’ sequenceĀ ofĀ yetĀ anotherĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ suchĀ thatĀ underĀ hybridizationĀ conditionsĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ hybridizeĀ toĀ eachĀ otherĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ complex.Ā ForĀ illustrationĀ andĀ notĀ limitation,Ā aĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ complexĀ comprisingĀ fourĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ isĀ illustratedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2.Ā ItĀ willĀ beĀ appreciatedĀ thatĀ aĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ complexĀ (orĀ ā€œcomplexā€Ā )Ā may,Ā andĀ typicallyĀ does,Ā compriseĀ moreĀ thanĀ fourĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œpartiallyĀ double-strandedā€Ā refersĀ toĀ twoĀ DNAĀ strandsĀ thatĀ areĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ eachĀ otherĀ andĀ atĀ leastĀ aĀ portionĀ ofĀ oneĀ strandĀ isĀ notĀ hybridizedĀ theĀ otherĀ strand.Ā TheĀ twoĀ DNAĀ strandsĀ ofĀ aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ mayĀ beĀ ofĀ differentĀ lengthĀ orĀ mayĀ beĀ ofĀ theĀ sameĀ length.
AsĀ usedĀ herein,Ā ā€œuniqueĀ molecularĀ identifierā€Ā (UMI)Ā refersĀ toĀ sequencesĀ ofĀ nucleotidesĀ presentĀ inĀ DNAĀ moleculesĀ thatĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ distinguishĀ individualĀ DNAĀ moleculesĀ fromĀ oneĀ another.Ā See,Ā e.g.,Ā Kivioja,Ā NatureĀ MethodsĀ 9,Ā 72-74Ā (2012)Ā .Ā UMIsĀ mayĀ beĀ sequencedĀ alongĀ withĀ theĀ DNAĀ sequencesĀ withĀ whichĀ theyĀ areĀ associatedĀ toĀ identifyĀ sequenceĀ readsĀ thatĀ areĀ fromĀ theĀ sameĀ sourceĀ nucleicĀ acid.Ā TheĀ termĀ ā€œUMIā€Ā isĀ usedĀ hereinĀ toĀ referĀ toĀ bothĀ theĀ nucleotideĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ theĀ UMIĀ andĀ theĀ physicalĀ nucleotides,Ā asĀ willĀ beĀ apparentĀ fromĀ context.Ā UMIsĀ mayĀ beĀ random,Ā pseudo-randomĀ orĀ partiallyĀ random,Ā orĀ nonrandomĀ nucleotideĀ sequencesĀ thatĀ areĀ insertedĀ intoĀ adaptersĀ orĀ otherwiseĀ incorporatedĀ inĀ sourceĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ (e.g,Ā DNA)Ā moleculesĀ toĀ beĀ sequenced.Ā InĀ someĀ implementations,Ā eachĀ UMIĀ isĀ expectedĀ toĀ uniquelyĀ identifyĀ anyĀ givenĀ sourceĀ DNAĀ moleculeĀ presentĀ inĀ aĀ sample.
AsĀ usedĀ herein,Ā theĀ termĀ ā€œsingleĀ tubeĀ LFRā€Ā orĀ ā€œstLFRā€Ā refersĀ toĀ theĀ processĀ describedĀ in,Ā e.g.,Ā USĀ patentĀ publicationĀ 2014/0323316Ā andĀ WangĀ etĀ al.,Ā GenomeĀ Research,Ā 29:Ā 798-808Ā (2019)Ā ,Ā theĀ entireĀ contentĀ ofĀ whichĀ isĀ herebyĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ referenceĀ inĀ itsĀ entirety,Ā inĀ which,Ā interĀ alia,Ā multipleĀ copiesĀ ofĀ theĀ same,Ā uniqueĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ (orĀ ā€œtagā€Ā )Ā areĀ associatedĀ withĀ individualĀ longĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.Ā InĀ oneĀ embodimentĀ ofĀ singleĀ tubeĀ LFR,Ā theĀ longĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ isĀ labeledĀ withĀ ā€œinsertionĀ oligonucleotidesā€Ā atĀ regularĀ intervals.Ā InĀ oneĀ embodiment,Ā theĀ insertionĀ oligonucleotidesĀ areĀ introducedĀ intoĀ theĀ longĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ moleculeĀ  byĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ enzymes,Ā e.g.,Ā transposases,Ā nickases,Ā andĀ ligases.Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ sequencesĀ amongĀ differentĀ longĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ different.Ā Thus,Ā theĀ processĀ ofĀ labelingĀ individualĀ longĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ canĀ beĀ convenientlyĀ performedĀ in,Ā e.g.,Ā aĀ singleĀ vessel,Ā withoutĀ compartmentalization.Ā ThisĀ processĀ allowsĀ analysisĀ ofĀ aĀ largeĀ numberĀ ofĀ individualĀ DNAĀ fragmentsĀ withoutĀ theĀ needĀ toĀ separateĀ fragmentsĀ intoĀ separateĀ tubes,Ā vessels,Ā aliquots,Ā wells,Ā orĀ dropletsĀ duringĀ taggingĀ steps.
AsĀ usedĀ herein,Ā aĀ ā€œuniqueā€Ā barcodeĀ refersĀ toĀ aĀ nucleotideĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ isĀ associatedĀ with,Ā andĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ distinguish,Ā individualĀ beads.Ā InĀ aĀ populationĀ ofĀ beadsĀ eachĀ havingĀ aĀ uniqueĀ barcode,Ā theĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ associatedĀ withĀ oneĀ beadĀ isĀ differentĀ fromĀ barcodeĀ sequencesĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ 90%ofĀ theĀ beadsĀ inĀ theĀ population,Ā moreĀ oftenĀ atĀ leastĀ 99%ofĀ theĀ beadsĀ inĀ theĀ population,Ā evenĀ moreĀ oftenĀ atĀ leastĀ 99.5%ofĀ theĀ beadsĀ inĀ theĀ population,Ā andĀ mostĀ oftenĀ atĀ leastĀ 99.9%ofĀ theĀ beadsĀ inĀ theĀ population.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œjoin,Ā ā€Ā usedĀ inĀ connectionĀ withĀ aĀ polynucleotideĀ andĀ aĀ substrateĀ (forĀ example,Ā aĀ bead)Ā ,Ā refersĀ toĀ thatĀ theĀ polynucleotideĀ (orĀ oneĀ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ polynucleotide)Ā directlyĀ contactsĀ orĀ isĀ covalentlyĀ linkedĀ toĀ theĀ substrate.Ā ForĀ example,Ā aĀ surfaceĀ mayĀ haveĀ reactiveĀ functionalitiesĀ thatĀ reactĀ withĀ functionalitiesĀ onĀ theĀ polynucleotideĀ moleculesĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ covalentĀ linkage.Ā AsĀ oneĀ illustrativeĀ example,Ā aĀ b-BLAĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ beadĀ viaĀ joiningĀ eitherĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ orĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ toĀ theĀ bead.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œinĀ solution,Ā ā€Ā whenĀ usedĀ toĀ inĀ connectionĀ withĀ anĀ adapterĀ (orĀ anyĀ otherĀ polynucleotideĀ orĀ polynucleotideĀ complex)Ā usedĀ inĀ theĀ methodsĀ orĀ compositionsĀ disclosedĀ herein,Ā refersĀ toĀ thatĀ theĀ adapterĀ (orĀ anyĀ otherĀ polynucleotideĀ orĀ polynucleotideĀ complex)Ā isĀ notĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ substrateĀ andĀ canĀ freelyĀ moveĀ inĀ solution.Ā WhenĀ useĀ toĀ describeĀ aĀ reaction,Ā asĀ inĀ ā€œaĀ reactionĀ performedĀ inĀ solutionā€Ā refersĀ toĀ thatĀ theĀ reactionĀ occurredĀ betweenĀ nucleicĀ acids,Ā allĀ ofĀ whichĀ areĀ inĀ solution.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œadapterā€Ā isĀ usedĀ hereinĀ inĀ differentĀ senses,Ā asĀ willĀ beĀ apparentĀ fromĀ context.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ā€œadapterā€Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ ā€œbranchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ (BLA)Ā ā€Ā asĀ discussedĀ below.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ā€œadapterā€Ā refersĀ toĀ anĀ ā€œL-adapterā€Ā asĀ discussedĀ below.Ā AĀ BLAĀ thatĀ isĀ  immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ beadĀ isĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ bead-linkedĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ (Ā ā€œb-BLAā€Ā )Ā .Ā AĀ BLAĀ thatĀ isĀ inĀ solutionĀ isĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ solutionĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ (Ā ā€œs-BLAā€Ā )
TheĀ termĀ ā€œadapteredĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,Ā ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ polynucleotideĀ comprisingĀ oneĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ adapterĀ sequences.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ mayĀ beĀ aĀ sequenceĀ inĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ orĀ aĀ sequenceĀ inĀ anĀ L-adapter,Ā orĀ both.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œexcessĀ adapter,Ā ā€Ā (e.g.,Ā anĀ excessĀ b-BLAĀ adapter)Ā orĀ ā€œunlightedĀ adapterā€Ā refersĀ toĀ anĀ adapterĀ thatĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ theĀ beadĀ butĀ isĀ notĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ despiteĀ beingĀ inĀ aĀ conditionĀ whereĀ otherĀ beadĀ adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œextendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,Ā ā€Ā orĀ ā€œbarcodedĀ extensionĀ product,Ā ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ theĀ fragmentĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ adaptersĀ andĀ haveĀ extendedĀ toĀ includeĀ aĀ copyĀ ofĀ theĀ barcode.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œligatedĀ product,Ā ā€Ā orĀ ā€œligatedĀ adapterā€Ā refersĀ toĀ theĀ productĀ comprisingĀ aĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ andĀ atĀ leastĀ anĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ fromĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ adapter.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ ligatedĀ productĀ mayĀ furtherĀ compriseĀ anĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ fromĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ atĀ oneĀ endĀ andĀ anĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ fromĀ anotherĀ adapterĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ L-adapter)Ā atĀ theĀ otherĀ end.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ theĀ productĀ formedĀ byĀ ligationĀ ofĀ aĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ andĀ aĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adapter.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œadapterĀ sequence,Ā ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ onĀ eitherĀ strandĀ ofĀ anĀ adapterĀ asĀ willĀ beĀ clearĀ fromĀ context.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā ā€œadapterĀ sequence,Ā ā€Ā canĀ referĀ toĀ bothĀ theĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ anĀ adapterĀ onĀ oneĀ strandĀ andĀ theĀ complementaryĀ sequenceĀ onĀ theĀ secondĀ strand.Ā ForĀ example,Ā aĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ canĀ beĀ aĀ sequenceĀ onĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ orĀ aĀ sequenceĀ onĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotide.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œbranchĀ ligationĀ adapter,Ā ā€Ā ā€œBranchĀ adapterā€Ā orĀ ā€œBLA,Ā ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ adapter.Ā SaidĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ comprisingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ oneĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ complementaryĀ strandĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcodeĀ sequence.Ā TheĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double- strandedĀ regionĀ ofĀ theĀ branchĀ adapterĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ viaĀ branchĀ ligationĀ asĀ furtherĀ describedĀ below.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œbead-immobilizedĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapter,Ā ā€Ā orĀ ā€œb-BLAā€Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ bead.Ā AĀ b-BLAĀ disclosedĀ hereinĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotide,Ā whichĀ areĀ hybyridizedĀ toĀ eachĀ other.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œbarcodeĀ oligonucleotide,Ā ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ theĀ strandĀ ofĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ thatĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ sequence.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œhybridizationĀ oligonucleotide,Ā ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ theĀ strandĀ ofĀ theĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ thatĀ isĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotide.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œreversibleĀ terminatorĀ nucleotide,Ā ā€Ā orĀ ā€œreversibleĀ terminator,Ā ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ nucleotideĀ havingĀ aĀ 3’ reversibleĀ blockingĀ group.Ā ā€œReversibleĀ blockingĀ groupā€Ā refersĀ toĀ aĀ groupĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ cleavedĀ toĀ provideĀ aĀ hydroxylĀ groupĀ atĀ theĀ 3′-positionĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleotideĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ phosphateĀ groupĀ ofĀ anotherĀ nucleotide.Ā TheĀ reversibleĀ blockingĀ groupĀ canĀ beĀ cleavableĀ byĀ anĀ enzyme,Ā aĀ chemicalĀ reaction,Ā heat,Ā and/orĀ light.Ā ExemplaryĀ nucleotidesĀ havingĀ 3’ reversibleĀ blockingĀ groupsĀ areĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ artĀ andĀ disclosedĀ inĀ USĀ Pat.Ā No.Ā 10,988,501,Ā theĀ relevantĀ disclosureĀ isĀ hereinĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ reference.
TheĀ termĀ ā€œcopyā€Ā refersĀ toĀ generatingĀ aĀ complementaryĀ nucleotideĀ strandĀ ofĀ aĀ templateĀ byĀ primerĀ extension.
III.Ā ExemplaryĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ methods
TheĀ nick-ligateĀ methodĀ canĀ beĀ carriedĀ outĀ accordingĀ toĀ variousĀ schemes.Ā ThisĀ sectionĀ providesĀ exemplaryĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ methods.Ā AĀ practitionerĀ withĀ skillĀ inĀ theĀ artsĀ ofĀ molecularĀ biologyĀ andĀ sequencingĀ guidedĀ byĀ thisĀ disclosureĀ willĀ recognizeĀ numerousĀ variationsĀ ofĀ individualĀ stepsĀ andĀ reagentsĀ canĀ beĀ incorporatedĀ intoĀ theĀ schemesĀ below.
Methods
1.Ā Nicking
InĀ oneĀ approach,Ā theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ areĀ combinedĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agents,Ā whichĀ createĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ inĀ double-strandedĀ DNA.Ā InĀ someĀ  embodiments,Ā theĀ nickingĀ agentĀ isĀ anĀ enzymeĀ (generallyĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ aĀ ā€˜nickase’ )Ā ,Ā e.g.,Ā anĀ endonucleaseĀ thatĀ cleavesĀ aĀ phosphodiesterĀ bondĀ withinĀ aĀ polynucleotideĀ chainĀ orĀ removesĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ adjacentĀ nucleotidesĀ fromĀ theĀ polynucleotideĀ chain.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ nickaseĀ isĀ aĀ non-sequenceĀ specificĀ endonuclease,Ā whichĀ nicksĀ aĀ DNAĀ strandĀ atĀ randomĀ positions.Ā Non-limitingĀ examplesĀ ofĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ includeĀ vibrioĀ vulnificusĀ nucleaseĀ (Vvn)Ā ,Ā ShrimpĀ dsDNAĀ specificĀ endonuclease,Ā DNAseĀ I,Ā segmentaseĀ (MGI)Ā ,Ā andĀ masteraseĀ (Qiagen)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ nickingĀ agentĀ isĀ aĀ site-orĀ sequence-specificĀ nucleaseĀ suchĀ asĀ aĀ restrictionĀ endonuclease,Ā thatĀ nicksĀ DNAĀ atĀ itsĀ recognitionĀ sequence.Ā Non-limitingĀ examplesĀ ofĀ site-specificĀ nickasesĀ includeĀ Nt.Ā CviPIIĀ (CCD)Ā ,Ā Nt.Ā BspQI,Ā andĀ Nt.Ā BbvCI,Ā asĀ describedĀ inĀ Shuang-yongĀ Xu,Ā BioMolĀ ConceptsĀ 2015;Ā 6Ā (4)Ā :Ā 253-267,Ā theĀ entireĀ disclosureĀ isĀ hereinĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ reference.
InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ disclosedĀ hereinĀ canĀ alsoĀ beĀ chemicalĀ nickingĀ agents.Ā Non-limitingĀ examplesĀ ofĀ theĀ chemicalĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ includeĀ dipeptideĀ seryl-histidineĀ (Ser-His)Ā ,Ā Fe2+/H 2O 2,Ā orĀ CuĀ (II)Ā complexes/H 2O 2.
Thus,Ā nickingĀ agentsĀ canĀ beĀ groupedĀ intoĀ categoriesĀ suchĀ asĀ non-specificĀ nickase,Ā site-specificĀ nickases,Ā orĀ chemicalĀ nickingĀ agents.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ methodĀ usesĀ twoĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agents.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ theĀ methodĀ usedĀ twoĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ fromĀ theĀ sameĀ categoryĀ ofĀ nickingĀ agents.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ methodĀ usesĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ fromĀ differentĀ categories.
AĀ numberĀ ofĀ parametersĀ canĀ affectĀ theĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ theĀ breaks.Ā Typically,Ā theĀ higherĀ theĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ theĀ nickingĀ agent,Ā theĀ longerĀ treatmentĀ timeĀ byĀ theĀ nickingĀ agents,Ā theĀ shorterĀ theĀ lengthĀ theĀ fragments.Ā ByĀ adjustingĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ ofĀ theseĀ parameters,Ā theĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ fragmentsĀ canĀ beĀ controlledĀ withinĀ aĀ desiredĀ range.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ averageĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ resultedĀ fromĀ theĀ nickingĀ isĀ betweenĀ 200Ā andĀ 10000Ā nucleotides,Ā e.g.,Ā 200-500Ā nucleotidesĀ orĀ 400-1000Ā nucleotidesĀ orĀ 1000-10000Ā nucleotides.
2.Ā Gapping
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā nicksĀ createdĀ byĀ theĀ nickaseĀ areĀ extendedĀ (widened)Ā byĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ toĀ formĀ gaps.Ā ThisĀ processĀ canĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ ā€œgappingā€Ā andĀ theĀ exonucleasesĀ  usedĀ inĀ processĀ canĀ beĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ ā€œgappingĀ enzymes.Ā ā€Ā ExamplesĀ ofĀ enzymesĀ withĀ 3’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ includeĀ DNAĀ PolymeraseĀ I,Ā KlenowĀ FragmentĀ (inĀ theĀ absenceĀ ofĀ nucleotides)Ā ,Ā ExonucleaseĀ III,Ā andĀ othersĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ art.Ā ExamplesĀ ofĀ enzymesĀ withĀ 5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ includeĀ BstĀ DNAĀ polymerase,Ā T7Ā exonuclease,Ā ExonucleaseĀ VIIIĀ truncated,Ā LambdaĀ exonuclease,Ā T5Ā exonuclease,Ā andĀ otherĀ exonucleasesĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ art.Ā LowĀ processivityĀ exonucleasesĀ (i.e.,Ā exonucleasesĀ thatĀ removeĀ nucleotidesĀ fromĀ theĀ endĀ ofĀ aĀ polynucleotideĀ atĀ aĀ relativelyĀ lowĀ rate)Ā areĀ preferredĀ toĀ openĀ aĀ shortĀ gapĀ (e.g.Ā 2-7Ā bases,Ā 3-10Ā bases,Ā orĀ 3-20Ā bases)Ā andĀ disassociateĀ fromĀ DNAĀ toĀ allowĀ adapterĀ ligation.Ā InĀ theĀ caseĀ whereĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ isĀ used,Ā ifĀ necessary,Ā protectionĀ ofĀ theĀ DNAĀ adaptersĀ fromĀ exonucleaseĀ digestionĀ canĀ beĀ achievedĀ byĀ introducingĀ phosphorothioatedĀ bondsĀ betweenĀ basesĀ (orĀ modifiedĀ bases)Ā atĀ theĀ 5’ andĀ 3’ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ adapters.
FIG.Ā 2Ā illustratesĀ aĀ processĀ ofĀ usingĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ gappingĀ enzymesĀ toĀ generateĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ (240)Ā ,Ā separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ (230)Ā .
3.Ā AdditionĀ ofĀ adaptersĀ (ligating)
AsĀ discussedĀ aboveĀ andĀ illustratedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 2,Ā nickingĀ andĀ gappingĀ generateĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ fragmentsĀ (240)Ā eachĀ havingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminus.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ā€œfragmentsā€Ā areĀ single-strandedĀ although,Ā asĀ discussedĀ aboveĀ andĀ elsewhereĀ herein,Ā fragmentsĀ mayĀ beĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ complementaryĀ strandsĀ to,Ā forĀ example,Ā formĀ aĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ complex.Ā AĀ firstĀ adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ oneĀ terminusĀ (whichĀ mayĀ beĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ orĀ theĀ 3’ terminus)Ā ofĀ fragmentsĀ andĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ (whichĀ isĀ differentĀ fromĀ theĀ firstĀ adapter)Ā isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ otherĀ terminus.Ā TheĀ resultĀ isĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ adapteredĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ twoĀ differentĀ adapterĀ sequences;Ā andĀ allĀ ofĀ theĀ adapteredĀ fragmentsĀ producedĀ inĀ aĀ reactionĀ haveĀ theĀ sameĀ definedĀ arrangementĀ (e.g.,Ā firstĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ 5’ andĀ secondĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ 3’,Ā or,Ā alternatively,Ā secondĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ 5’ andĀ firstĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ 3’)Ā .
InĀ oneĀ aspectĀ ofĀ theĀ invention,Ā theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ fragments,Ā andĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ fragments.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ isĀ aĀ b-BLAĀ andĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ fragmentĀ inĀ theĀ processĀ ofĀ ā€œ3’  branchĀ ligationā€Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ anĀ ā€œL-adapter.Ā ā€Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ligationsĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ secondĀ adaptersĀ occurĀ inĀ theĀ sameĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ asĀ theĀ nickingĀ andĀ gappingĀ reactions.
FirstĀ adapterĀ ligation
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ isĀ aĀ BLA.Ā BLAsĀ areĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ artĀ andĀ areĀ definedĀ above.Ā AĀ BLAĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ comprisingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ oneĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ complementaryĀ strandĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcodeĀ sequence.Ā TheĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ providesĀ aĀ 5’ phosphateĀ whichĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ viaĀ 3’ branchĀ ligation.Ā 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ involvesĀ theĀ covalentĀ joiningĀ ofĀ theĀ 5’ phosphateĀ fromĀ aĀ blunt-endĀ adapterĀ (donorĀ DNA)Ā toĀ theĀ 3’ hydroxylĀ endĀ ofĀ aĀ duplexĀ DNAĀ acceptorĀ atĀ 3’ recessedĀ strands,Ā gaps,Ā orĀ nicks.Ā InĀ contrastĀ toĀ conventionalĀ DNAĀ ligation,Ā 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ doesĀ notĀ requireĀ complimentaryĀ baseĀ pairing.Ā 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ isĀ describedĀ inĀ WangĀ etĀ al.,Ā BioRxiv,Ā JuneĀ 29,Ā 2018,Ā doi:Ā https//doi.Ā org/10.1101/357863;Ā PCTĀ Pub.Ā No.Ā WOĀ 2019/217452;Ā USĀ Pat.Ā Pub.Ā US2018/0044668Ā andĀ InternationalĀ ApplicationĀ WOĀ 2016/037418,Ā USĀ Pat.Ā Pub.Ā 2018/0044667,Ā asĀ wellĀ asĀ WangĀ etĀ al.,Ā JuneĀ 29,Ā 2018,Ā http:Ā //dx.Ā doi.Ā org/10.1101/357863,Ā allĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ referenceĀ forĀ allĀ purposes.
UsingĀ 3’ branchĀ ligation,Ā itĀ isĀ theoreticallyĀ possibleĀ toĀ amplifyĀ andĀ sequenceĀ allĀ sub-fragmentsĀ ofĀ aĀ capturedĀ genomicĀ molecule.Ā Thus,Ā 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ hasĀ broadĀ rangeĀ ofĀ molecularĀ applications,Ā including,Ā e.g.,Ā attachingĀ adaptersĀ toĀ DNAĀ orĀ RNAĀ duringĀ NGSĀ libraryĀ preparation.
InĀ addition,Ā thisĀ ligationĀ stepĀ enablesĀ aĀ sampleĀ barcodeĀ toĀ beĀ placedĀ adjacentĀ toĀ theĀ genomicĀ sequenceĀ forĀ samplingĀ multiplexing.Ā TheĀ benefitĀ ofĀ usingĀ theseĀ adaptersĀ forĀ sampleĀ barcodingĀ isĀ thatĀ theĀ barcodeĀ canĀ beĀ placedĀ adjacentĀ toĀ theĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ soĀ thatĀ theĀ sameĀ primerĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ sequenceĀ theĀ barcodeĀ andĀ theĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ andĀ noĀ additionalĀ sequencingĀ primerĀ isĀ requiredĀ toĀ readĀ theĀ barcode.Ā SampleĀ barcodingĀ allowsĀ preparationsĀ fromĀ multipleĀ samplesĀ toĀ beĀ pooledĀ beforeĀ sequencesĀ andĀ distinguishedĀ byĀ theĀ barcode.Ā 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ synthesizedĀ inĀ 96,Ā 384,Ā orĀ 1536Ā plateĀ format,Ā withĀ eachĀ wellĀ containingĀ manyĀ copiesĀ ofĀ theĀ  adapterĀ carryingĀ theĀ sameĀ barcodeĀ andĀ eachĀ barcodeĀ beingĀ differentĀ betweenĀ wells.Ā AfterĀ captureĀ onĀ beadsĀ theseĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ ligationĀ inĀ 96,Ā 384,Ā orĀ 1536Ā plateĀ format.
3’ branchĀ ligationĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ asĀ aĀ simple,Ā lowĀ cost,Ā biasĀ freeĀ methodĀ forĀ standardĀ sequencingĀ libraryĀ preparationĀ orĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ barcodedĀ beadsĀ (attachmentĀ toĀ beadsĀ canĀ beĀ onĀ theĀ 3’ orĀ 5’ endĀ ofĀ theĀ barcodeĀ adapter)Ā asĀ aĀ co-barcodingĀ libraryĀ preparationĀ method.Ā ThisĀ strategyĀ reliesĀ onĀ aĀ propertyĀ ofĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligase,Ā thatĀ itĀ canĀ ligateĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ adapterĀ toĀ aĀ 3’ endĀ ofĀ DNAĀ inĀ aĀ nickĀ orĀ gapĀ soĀ calledĀ ā€œ3’ branchĀ ligationā€Ā asĀ describedĀ inĀ WangĀ etĀ al.,Ā DNAĀ Research,Ā 2019Ā FebĀ 1Ā 16Ā (1)Ā :Ā 45-53.Ā BecauseĀ thisĀ novelĀ ligationĀ doesĀ notĀ requireĀ degenerateĀ single-strandedĀ basesĀ onĀ theĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ adapterĀ toĀ hybridizeĀ inĀ theĀ gap,Ā itĀ allowsĀ moreĀ efficientĀ adapterĀ ligationĀ onĀ beadsĀ havingĀ limitedĀ adapterĀ bindingĀ capacity.Ā UnlikeĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ L-adapter,Ā whichĀ mayĀ requireĀ aĀ largerĀ gapĀ (e.g.Ā 4-7Ā bases)Ā ,Ā 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ inĀ nicksĀ orĀ veryĀ smallĀ gapsĀ (1-baseĀ gaps)Ā .Ā AlsoĀ unlikeĀ ligationĀ ofĀ 5’ degenerateĀ L-adapter,Ā whichĀ mayĀ requireĀ highĀ concentrationsĀ ofĀ thisĀ 5’ degeneratedĀ L-adapterĀ toĀ compensateĀ forĀ theĀ factĀ thatĀ ligaseĀ cannotĀ bindĀ toĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ 5’-phosphateĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ beforeĀ hybridization.
ToĀ enableĀ theĀ mostĀ efficientĀ 3’-branchĀ ligationĀ onĀ beads,Ā theseĀ adaptersĀ mayĀ haveĀ stretchesĀ ofĀ theĀ sameĀ baseĀ orĀ stretchesĀ ofĀ simpleĀ repeatsĀ toĀ improveĀ accessĀ toĀ theĀ targetĀ DNAĀ imperfectlyĀ (e.g.,Ā freeĀ looseĀ loops)Ā wrappedĀ aroundĀ eachĀ bead.Ā Single-strandedĀ bindingĀ proteinĀ (SSB)Ā mayĀ beĀ boundĀ toĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ portionĀ ofĀ eachĀ adapterĀ beforeĀ mixingĀ beadsĀ withĀ genomicĀ DNA.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ isĀ aĀ b-BLAĀ whichĀ comprisesĀ twoĀ polynucleotideĀ strands,Ā referredĀ toĀ hereinĀ asĀ theĀ ā€œbarcodeĀ oligonucleotideā€Ā andĀ theĀ ā€œhybridizationĀ oligonucleotide.Ā ā€Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ longerĀ thanĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ comprisesĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ barcode.Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ complexĀ thatĀ isĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ andĀ hasĀ aĀ bluntĀ end.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ hasĀ aĀ 5’ phosphateĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ aĀ 3’ recessedĀ fragmentĀ inĀ aĀ branchĀ ligation,Ā andĀ hasĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ  thatĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ aĀ bead;Ā whileĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,Ā andĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ aĀ 3’ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ (e.g.Ā aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotide)Ā thatĀ preventsĀ formationĀ ofĀ aĀ phosphodiesterĀ bondĀ andĀ thusĀ preventĀ self-ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ branchĀ adapters.Ā TheĀ 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ resultsĀ inĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ fragment.Ā SeeĀ FIG.Ā 9A.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ hasĀ aĀ 5’ phosphateĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ ofĀ aĀ 3’ recessedĀ fragmentĀ inĀ aĀ branchĀ ligationĀ andĀ hasĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ thatĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ aĀ bead;Ā whileĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,Ā andĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ hasĀ aĀ 3’ blockerĀ nucleotideĀ thatĀ preventsĀ formationĀ ofĀ aĀ phosphodiesterĀ bond.Ā TheĀ 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ (discussedĀ below)Ā resultsĀ inĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ fragmentĀ SeeĀ FIG.Ā 3Ā andĀ FIG.Ā 4.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ areĀ inĀ solution.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā someĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ areĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ theĀ beadsĀ andĀ someĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ areĀ inĀ solution.
SecondĀ adapterĀ ligation
TheĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ nickedĀ andĀ gappedĀ DNAĀ (thatĀ areĀ associatedĀ withĀ eachĀ other)Ā areĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ secondĀ adapter.Ā TheĀ secondĀ adaptorĀ mayĀ beĀ anĀ L-adaptor,Ā anĀ s-BLA,Ā orĀ anyĀ double-strandedĀ orĀ partiallyĀ doubleĀ strandedĀ adapter.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ anĀ L-adapter.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ L-adaptersĀ areĀ inĀ solution.Ā L-adaptersĀ areĀ describedĀ inĀ USĀ Pat.Ā No.Ā 10,479,991,Ā theĀ entireĀ disclosureĀ ofĀ whichĀ isĀ hereinĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ reference.Ā L-adaptersĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ presentĀ methodĀ areĀ single-strandedĀ adapterĀ comprisingĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ regionĀ andĀ aĀ tailĀ region.Ā TheĀ hybridizationĀ regionĀ ofĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ comprisesĀ degenerateĀ basesĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ end,Ā e.g.,Ā 1-10,Ā e.g.,Ā 3-8,Ā orĀ 4-7Ā degenerateĀ nucleotidesĀ (Ns)Ā atĀ theĀ 3’ end.Ā ThusĀ allowsĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ toĀ hybridizeĀ toĀ aĀ varietyĀ ofĀ targetĀ sequences.Ā WhenĀ contactedĀ withĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ nickedĀ andĀ gappedĀ DNAĀ describedĀ above,Ā theĀ hybridizationĀ regionĀ ofĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ annealsĀ toĀ theĀ complementaryĀ sequenceĀ inĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acid,Ā whileĀ theĀ tailĀ regionĀ remainsĀ single-stranded.Ā UnderĀ ligation-permissibleĀ conditions,Ā theĀ 3’ endĀ ofĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ endĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment.Ā SeeĀ e.g.,Ā FIG.Ā 3-5.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ L-adapterĀ comprisesĀ specificĀ basesĀ nextĀ toĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ regionĀ toĀ improveĀ theĀ ligationĀ efficiencyĀ andĀ theĀ reductionĀ ofĀ artifacts.Ā ForĀ example,Ā ifĀ theĀ nickaseĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ reactionĀ preferentiallyĀ cutsĀ atĀ certainĀ basesĀ orĀ sequences,Ā theĀ sameĀ basesĀ (orĀ complementaryĀ bases)Ā canĀ beĀ engineeredĀ toĀ theĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ toĀ increaseĀ ligationĀ efficiency.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā twoĀ orĀ moreĀ L-adaptersĀ havingĀ differentĀ sequences,Ā e.g.,Ā havingĀ differentĀ numberĀ ofĀ degenerateĀ nucleotidesĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ sameĀ reaction.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ secondĀ adaptersĀ areĀ partiallyĀ strandedĀ adaptersĀ (FIG.Ā 6,Ā 7B,Ā andĀ 8)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ secondĀ adaptersĀ haveĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ ends.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā afterĀ theĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ nickedĀ andĀ gappedĀ DNAĀ areĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ formedĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ viaĀ primerĀ extension,Ā theĀ secondĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ terminusĀ thatĀ isĀ oppositeĀ fromĀ theĀ firstĀ adapter.Ā SeeĀ FIGĀ 5,Ā 6B,Ā andĀ 7.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ aĀ fragmentĀ byĀ aĀ bluntĀ endĀ ligation.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ aĀ fragmentĀ byĀ aĀ singleĀ baseĀ overhangĀ ligationĀ providedĀ thatĀ aĀ polymeraseĀ wasĀ usedĀ duringĀ theĀ extensionĀ stepĀ thatĀ leavesĀ anĀ AĀ tail.
LigationĀ ofĀ twoĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ andĀ 3’ sideĀ ofĀ nicksĀ orĀ gapsĀ inĀ theĀ sameĀ reaction
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ b-BLA)Ā canĀ beĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ fragment,Ā andĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ (e.g.,Ā anĀ L-adapter)Ā canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ fragmentsĀ ofĀ theĀ nickedĀ andĀ gappedĀ DNA.Ā AndĀ theĀ ligationsĀ areĀ performedĀ inĀ theĀ sameĀ mixtureĀ whileĀ nickingĀ andĀ gappingĀ alsoĀ occur.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā afterĀ oneĀ roundĀ ofĀ nick-ligateĀ reaction,Ā theĀ beadsĀ wrappedĀ withĀ theĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ canĀ beĀ incubatedĀ withĀ nickaseĀ and/orĀ gappingĀ enzymes,Ā inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ additionalĀ firstĀ and/orĀ theĀ secondĀ adapters,Ā soĀ thatĀ aĀ secondĀ roundĀ ofĀ nick-ligateĀ reactionĀ occurs.Ā ThisĀ nick-ligateĀ processĀ canĀ beĀ repeatedĀ forĀ multipleĀ rounds,Ā forĀ exampleĀ twoĀ rounds,Ā threeĀ roundsĀ orĀ fourĀ roundsĀ toĀ improveĀ theĀ yieldĀ ofĀ theĀ productsĀ ligatedĀ withĀ twoĀ adapters.Ā IllustrativeĀ examplesĀ areĀ shownĀ inĀ ExamplesĀ 6Ā andĀ 7.
ConditionsĀ canĀ beĀ optimizedĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ ligationĀ ofĀ bothĀ adaptersĀ inĀ theĀ nickĀ byĀ adjustingĀ theĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ L-adapters,Ā temperature,Ā cycling,Ā pH,Ā saltĀ concentration,Ā otherĀ additivesĀ toĀ enhanceĀ DNAĀ breathingĀ ofĀ theĀ 3’ endĀ withĀ branch-adapterĀ thatĀ hasĀ beenĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ genomicĀ fragments,Ā whichĀ allowsĀ aĀ shortĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ forĀ L-adapterĀ hybridizationĀ  andĀ ligation.Ā SeeĀ sectionĀ 5Ā below,Ā ā€œConditionsĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligatingā€Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā toĀ achieveĀ moreĀ completeĀ ligationĀ andĀ thusĀ moreĀ non-duplicatedĀ readĀ coverage,Ā additionalĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ addedĀ inĀ solutionĀ (s-BLAs)Ā toĀ theĀ reaction,Ā inĀ additionĀ toĀ theĀ b-BLAs.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā anĀ enzymeĀ withĀ 5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ isĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ reactionĀ toĀ removeĀ excessĀ firstĀ adapters.Ā ThisĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ beforeĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ ligationĀ orĀ simultaneouslyĀ withĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ ligation.Ā BecauseĀ excessĀ adapterĀ mustĀ beĀ removed,Ā aĀ higherĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ L-adapter,Ā e.g.,Ā inĀ aĀ rangeĀ fromĀ 0.01Ā toĀ 100 μM,Ā fromĀ 0.1Ā toĀ 50 μM,Ā fromĀ 0.5Ā toĀ 30 μM,Ā fromĀ 1Ā toĀ 20 μM,Ā maybeĀ usedĀ withoutĀ generatingĀ aĀ substantialĀ amountĀ ofĀ theĀ bead-adapterĀ +Ā L-adapterĀ ligationĀ artifact.Ā AdapteredĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ bothĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ L-adapter)Ā canĀ beĀ sequencedĀ onĀ IlluminaĀ typeĀ andĀ otherĀ systemsĀ thatĀ doĀ notĀ requireĀ circularization.Ā AspectsĀ ofĀ sequencingĀ areĀ furtherĀ describedĀ below.
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā anĀ additionalĀ enzymeĀ withĀ 3’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ (suchĀ asĀ DNAĀ PolymeraseĀ I,Ā KlenowĀ FragmentĀ withoutĀ nucleotides,Ā ExonucleaseĀ III,Ā orĀ theĀ like)Ā orĀ withĀ 5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ (BstĀ DNAĀ polymeraseĀ fullĀ lengthĀ orĀ TaqĀ polymeraseĀ withoutĀ nucleotides,Ā T7Ā exonuclease,Ā ExonucleaseĀ VIIIĀ truncated,Ā LambdaĀ exonuclease,Ā T5Ā exonuclease,Ā orĀ similar)Ā canĀ beĀ addedĀ asĀ wellĀ toĀ increaseĀ theĀ openingĀ ofĀ theĀ nickĀ forĀ moreĀ roomĀ forĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ L-adapter)Ā .Ā EnzymesĀ orĀ combinationsĀ ofĀ enzymesĀ withĀ bothĀ 3’ andĀ 5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ haveĀ anĀ advantageĀ toĀ makeĀ aĀ gapĀ forĀ L-adapterĀ ligationĀ evenĀ ifĀ theĀ branchĀ adapterĀ ligatesĀ inĀ theĀ nick.Ā InĀ theĀ caseĀ whereĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ isĀ used,Ā ifĀ necessary,Ā protectionĀ ofĀ theĀ DNAĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ achievedĀ throughĀ phosphorothioatedĀ bondsĀ betweenĀ basesĀ and/orĀ modifiedĀ basesĀ atĀ theĀ 5’ andĀ 3’ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ adapters.Ā AsĀ discussedĀ above,Ā thisĀ reactionĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ polyethyleneĀ glycolĀ orĀ betaineĀ toĀ increaseĀ theĀ activityĀ ofĀ ligationĀ and/orĀ theĀ nickaseĀ enzyme.
AtĀ thisĀ point,Ā excessĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ removedĀ asĀ discussedĀ above,Ā ifĀ needed.Ā AĀ lowĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ L-adapterĀ andĀ otherĀ conditionsĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ reduceĀ adapter-adapterĀ ligationĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ ligationĀ betweenĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ itselfĀ orĀ theĀ ligationĀ betweenĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ andĀ theĀ L-adapter)Ā andĀ skipĀ excessĀ adapterĀ removalĀ byĀ exonucleases.Ā Otherwise,Ā PCRĀ canĀ nowĀ beĀ  performedĀ asĀ bothĀ sidesĀ ofĀ theĀ subĀ fragmentsĀ nowĀ haveĀ adapterĀ sequences.Ā AfterĀ PCRĀ isĀ performedĀ orĀ ifĀ PCRĀ wasĀ skippedĀ forĀ aĀ PCR-freeĀ versionĀ ofĀ theĀ process,Ā thenĀ circularizationĀ followedĀ byĀ rollingĀ circleĀ amplificationĀ isĀ theĀ nextĀ stepĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ previousĀ section.
InĀ oneĀ illustrativeĀ embodiment,Ā inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture,Ā aĀ non-specificĀ nickingĀ nuclease,Ā aĀ DNAĀ ligase,Ā andĀ aĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ areĀ mixedĀ withĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ toĀ produceĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ atĀ bothĀ termini.Ā InĀ preferredĀ embodiments,Ā oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ boundĀ toĀ aĀ micronĀ sizedĀ beadĀ andĀ theĀ otherĀ adapterĀ isĀ inĀ solution.
TheĀ processĀ ofĀ addingĀ twoĀ adaptersĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ inĀ solutionĀ asĀ aĀ simple,Ā lowĀ cost,Ā biasĀ freeĀ methodĀ forĀ standardĀ sequencingĀ libraryĀ preparation.Ā ThisĀ processĀ canĀ alsoĀ beĀ usedĀ asĀ aĀ co-barcodingĀ libraryĀ preparationĀ methodĀ whenĀ usedĀ withĀ barcodedĀ beadsĀ withĀ adaptersĀ attachedĀ thereon.
4.Ā ConditionsĀ forĀ simultaneousĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligating
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā nickingĀ andĀ gappingĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ andĀ ligatingĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ fragmentsĀ producedĀ byĀ theĀ nickingĀ andĀ gappingĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ additivesĀ (e.g.,Ā polyethyleneĀ glycolĀ orĀ betaine)Ā toĀ increaseĀ theĀ activityĀ ofĀ ligase,Ā theĀ activityĀ ofĀ theĀ nickingĀ agents,Ā orĀ both.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ligatingĀ comprisesĀ ligatingĀ atĀ leastĀ theĀ bead-boundĀ firstĀ adapterĀ (e.g.,Ā b-BLA)Ā toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ theĀ ligatingĀ includesĀ ligatingĀ bothĀ theĀ bead-boundĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ L-adapter)Ā inĀ solutionĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment.
4.1Ā Temperature
TheĀ reactionĀ mayĀ beĀ maintainedĀ atĀ aĀ temperatureĀ withinĀ aĀ rangeĀ fromĀ 5-65ā„ƒ,Ā e.g.,Ā 5-42ā„ƒ,Ā 10-37ā„ƒ,Ā orĀ 5-15ā„ƒ.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ reactionĀ isĀ maintainedĀ atĀ roomĀ temperature,Ā 37Ā ā„ƒ.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ whenĀ aĀ thermo-stabileĀ ligaseĀ andĀ nickingĀ enzymeĀ areĀ used,Ā theĀ reactionĀ mayĀ beĀ keptĀ atĀ aĀ temperatureĀ thatĀ isĀ higherĀ thanĀ 37Ā ā„ƒ.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ reactionĀ isĀ subjectedĀ toĀ aĀ conditionĀ cyclingĀ betweenĀ aĀ lowerĀ temperatureĀ (5ā„ƒ-25ā„ƒ,Ā forĀ example,Ā 10ā„ƒ-15ā„ƒ)Ā andĀ aĀ higherĀ temperatureĀ (e.g.,Ā 37ā„ƒĀ orĀ higher)Ā forĀ multipleĀ cyclesĀ (e.g.,Ā 5-100Ā cycles,Ā orĀ 20-60Ā cycles,Ā 30-55Ā cycles,Ā etc.Ā )Ā .Ā IllustrativeĀ examplesĀ areĀ shownĀ inĀ ExamplesĀ 1-7.
4.2Ā pH
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ pHĀ ofĀ theĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ isĀ maintainedĀ atĀ aĀ pHĀ withinĀ aĀ rangeĀ fromĀ 5.0Ā toĀ 9.0,Ā e.g.,Ā fromĀ 7.0Ā toĀ 9.0,Ā toĀ accommodateĀ allĀ enzymaticĀ functionsĀ requiredĀ forĀ theĀ libraryĀ preparation.Ā TheĀ durationĀ ofĀ theĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligatingĀ reactionĀ mayĀ varyĀ dependingĀ onĀ theĀ desiredĀ sizeĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ andĀ otherĀ conditions,Ā e.g.,Ā enzymeĀ (includingĀ polymerase,Ā exonuclease,Ā orĀ both)Ā concentration,Ā time,Ā temperature,Ā amountĀ ofĀ inputĀ DNA.
4.3Ā Time
TypicallyĀ theĀ durationĀ ofĀ theĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligatingĀ reactionĀ mayĀ lastĀ fromĀ 5Ā minutesĀ toĀ 5Ā hours,Ā e.g.,Ā 15-90Ā minutes,Ā orĀ 30-120Ā minutes.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mayĀ beĀ terminatedĀ usingĀ methodsĀ wellĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ art.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligatingĀ areĀ performedĀ inĀ solution,Ā andĀ theĀ reactionĀ canĀ beĀ terminatedĀ throughĀ aĀ DNAĀ purificationĀ methodĀ (suchĀ asĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beads,Ā fromĀ BeckmanĀ Coulter)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligatingĀ areĀ performedĀ onĀ beads,Ā andĀ theĀ reactionĀ canĀ beĀ terminatedĀ byĀ washingĀ theĀ beadsĀ withĀ aĀ bufferĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ TrisĀ NaClĀ buffer)Ā toĀ removeĀ theĀ enzymesĀ andĀ componentsĀ requiredĀ forĀ theĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligatingĀ reactions.
4.4Ā Enzyme
The methods and compositions described herein the allows nicking and ligating to occur in a single reaction mixture. In some embodiments, the conditions and enzymes are selected so that ligating occurs at a higher rate than nicking/gapping. This assures fraction of nicks that are initially gapped will get adapter ligated to most of them before subsequent gappings, thus minimizing DNA loss. The methods and composition disclosed herein allows for a high nick-resealing rate, e.g., 70-100%nick-resealing rate, e.g., 70-90%, 80-90%, 80-95%, 90-99%) . A nick-resealing rate disclosed herein refers to that the percentages of gaps being opened are resealed by the ligase. The high nick-resealing rate may be achieved by a number of ways. In some embodiments, the nicking is performed using a low activity nickases. In some embodiments, the nicking is performed using a nickase at a low concentration, e.g., 0000001-10 U/ul. In some embodiments, the ligating is performed using a ligase having a high ligating rate. In some embodiments, the ligating is performed using a ligase at a high concentration, e.g., 1-100 U/μl.
4.5Ā OrderĀ ofĀ addingĀ components
TheĀ orderĀ ofĀ addingĀ componentsĀ theĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ mayĀ vary.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā ligaseĀ isĀ addedĀ priorĀ toĀ addingĀ nickaseĀ orĀ simultaneouslyĀ withĀ addingĀ theĀ nickase.Ā TheĀ orderĀ ofĀ addingĀ ligaseĀ andĀ loadingĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ toĀ beadsĀ mayĀ vary.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ ligaseĀ isĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ beadsĀ immobilizedĀ withĀ adaptersĀ beforeĀ addingĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ (e.g.,Ā genomicĀ DNA)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ areĀ loadedĀ toĀ theĀ beadsĀ beforeĀ addingĀ ligase.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā itĀ isĀ desirableĀ toĀ loadĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ ontoĀ theĀ beadsĀ beforeĀ addingĀ anyĀ ofĀ theĀ nickase,Ā ligaseĀ soĀ thatĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ areĀ boundĀ toĀ theĀ beadsĀ beforeĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligating.Ā GenomicĀ DNAĀ typicallyĀ canĀ wrapsĀ veryĀ fastĀ aroundĀ micronĀ sizedĀ paramagneticĀ beads,Ā typicallyĀ aboutĀ 1-10Ā minutes.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā additionalĀ proceduresĀ canĀ beĀ takenĀ toĀ increaseĀ theĀ bindingĀ efficiencyĀ ofĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ toĀ theĀ beads,Ā whichĀ mayĀ beĀ particularĀ usefulĀ forĀ bindingĀ longĀ DNAĀ (e.g.,Ā thoseĀ longerĀ thanĀ 200Ā kb)Ā toĀ largeĀ beadsĀ (e.g.,Ā beadsĀ havingĀ aĀ diameterĀ ofĀ 3Ā micronĀ orĀ greater)Ā .Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ isĀ boundĀ toĀ beadsĀ inĀ aĀ bufferĀ comprisingĀ PEGĀ hadĀ relativelyĀ highĀ concentration,Ā e.g.Ā 3-12%,Ā e.g.,Ā 5-10%,Ā andĀ aĀ higherĀ PEGĀ concentrationĀ generallyĀ resultingĀ higherĀ binding.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ isĀ boundĀ toĀ beadsĀ inĀ aĀ bufferĀ havingĀ relativelyĀ highĀ pHĀ toĀ enhanceĀ theĀ absorptionĀ ofĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ toĀ theĀ beads.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ pHĀ isĀ greaterĀ thanĀ 7.5,Ā e.g.,Ā 7.5-9,Ā 8.0-9.0,Ā orĀ 8.0-8.5.Ā TheĀ highĀ pHĀ increasesĀ DNAĀ adsorptionĀ especiallyĀ inĀ buffersĀ havingĀ lowerĀ PEGĀ concentration,Ā e.g.,Ā 5%.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ bufferĀ comprisesĀ aĀ lowĀ saltĀ concentration,Ā e.g.,Ā 10mMĀ MgCl2.Ā TheĀ methodsĀ andĀ compositionsĀ disclosedĀ hereinĀ allows,Ā longĀ DNAĀ wrapsĀ aroundĀ beadsĀ inĀ theseĀ conditionsĀ quicklyĀ (e.g.,Ā 5-15Ā minutesĀ withĀ mostĀ ofĀ DNAĀ boundĀ inĀ 1-5Ā orĀ 2-10Ā minutes)Ā minimizingĀ fragmentationĀ ofĀ longĀ DNAĀ (e.g.,Ā >Ā 200Ā kb,Ā orĀ >Ā 300Ā kbĀ orĀ >Ā 500Ā kb)Ā beforeĀ bindingĀ toĀ beads.Ā InĀ oneĀ example,Ā gDNAĀ havingĀ theĀ lengthĀ ofĀ overĀ 1Ā MbĀ canĀ bindĀ aĀ beadĀ havingĀ aĀ diameterĀ ofĀ aboutĀ 3Ā um.
TargetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ thatĀ areĀ boundĀ toĀ theĀ beadsĀ canĀ remainĀ accessibleĀ toĀ enzymaticĀ reactionsĀ likeĀ nicking,Ā gapping,Ā orĀ adapterĀ ligation.Ā ThisĀ allowsĀ co-barcodingĀ ofĀ aĀ longĀ DNAĀ fragmentsĀ (e.g.,Ā 20-500Ā kb)Ā boundĀ toĀ aĀ beadĀ atĀ 10-1000Ā contactĀ points.Ā ThisĀ allowsĀ forĀ aĀ generalĀ  protocolĀ ofĀ multipleĀ consecutiveĀ enzymaticĀ reactionsĀ onĀ theĀ bead-adsorbedĀ DNA,Ā especiallyĀ inĀ conditionsĀ thatĀ maintainĀ DNAĀ bindingĀ toĀ beadsĀ asĀ describedĀ above.
DNAĀ mayĀ beĀ releasedĀ fromĀ beadsĀ inĀ preparationĀ forĀ sequencing.Ā MethodsĀ ofĀ releasingĀ DNAĀ includeĀ butĀ notĀ limitedĀ toĀ usingĀ lowĀ saltĀ bufferĀ (<Ā 200Ā mM)Ā withĀ pHĀ inĀ theĀ rangeĀ ofĀ 7Ā toĀ 8,Ā e.g.,Ā aboutĀ 7.5Ā inĀ betweenĀ 10Ā minutesĀ andĀ 1Ā hour,Ā e.g.,Ā aboutĀ 15Ā minutesĀ toĀ aboutĀ 45Ā minutes,Ā aboutĀ 15Ā minutesĀ toĀ aboutĀ 45Ā minutes,Ā orĀ aboutĀ 30Ā minutes.
5.Ā OptionalĀ StepĀ ofĀ RemovalĀ ofĀ excessĀ bead-boundĀ adapters
Optionally,Ā afterĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligating,Ā variousĀ enzymesĀ areĀ usedĀ toĀ removeĀ excessĀ adapters,Ā i.e.,Ā adaptersĀ thatĀ areĀ notĀ ligatedĀ withĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ bead-boundĀ adaptersĀ areĀ partiallyĀ double-stranded,Ā eachĀ ofĀ whichĀ comprisesĀ aĀ relativelyĀ shortĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ (e.g.,Ā betweenĀ 6Ā andĀ 20Ā bases)Ā andĀ canĀ beĀ denaturedĀ relativelyĀ easily.Ā ThatĀ is,Ā theĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ denaturedĀ toĀ single-strandedĀ DNAĀ underĀ conditionsĀ thatĀ willĀ notĀ resultĀ inĀ disruptingĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ immobilizedĀ ontoĀ theĀ beads.Ā ThisĀ canĀ mostĀ easilyĀ beĀ achievedĀ byĀ increasingĀ theĀ temperatureĀ toĀ theĀ meltingĀ pointĀ ofĀ theĀ shortĀ double-strandedĀ region.
TableĀ 1Ā showsĀ variousĀ enzymeĀ thatĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ thisĀ purposes.
TableĀ 1.Ā ExemplaryĀ enzymesĀ thatĀ mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ removeĀ excessĀ bead-boundĀ adapters
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000001
TheĀ denatured,Ā single-stranded,Ā bead-boundĀ adaptersĀ canĀ thenĀ beĀ removedĀ byĀ usingĀ exonucleases.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā excessĀ bead-boundĀ adaptersĀ thatĀ haveĀ 3’ terminiĀ attachedĀ toĀ theĀ beadsĀ areĀ removedĀ usingĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ (e.g.,Ā RecJĀ orĀ ExoVII)Ā thatĀ canĀ removeĀ nucleotidesĀ fromĀ single-strandedĀ DNAĀ inĀ theĀ 5’ toĀ 3’ direction.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā excessĀ bead-boundĀ adaptersĀ thatĀ haveĀ 5’ terminiĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ beadsĀ areĀ removedĀ usingĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ (e.g.,Ā Exo1,Ā ExoT)Ā thatĀ canĀ removeĀ nucleotidesĀ fromĀ single-strandedĀ DNAĀ inĀ theĀ 3’ toĀ 5’ direction.
Alternately,Ā noĀ denaturationĀ isĀ requiredĀ andĀ theĀ excess,Ā partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ bead-boundĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ digestedĀ byĀ aĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ single-strandĀ specificĀ exonucleasesĀ andĀ anĀ enzymeĀ possessingĀ 3’ toĀ 5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ onĀ dsDNA,Ā suchĀ asĀ ExoIII,Ā T4Ā DNAĀ polymeraseĀ orĀ Phi29Ā DNAĀ polymeraseĀ inĀ theĀ absenceĀ ofĀ dNTPs.Ā InĀ thisĀ embodiment,Ā genomicĀ dsDNAĀ willĀ beĀ protectedĀ fromĀ degradationĀ byĀ theseĀ enzymesĀ byĀ theĀ adapterĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminiĀ ofĀ theĀ DNAĀ nickĀ orĀ gap.Ā TheĀ ligationĀ resultsĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ single-strandedĀ ends,Ā whichĀ areĀ notĀ substrateĀ forĀ theseĀ dsDNA-specificĀ exonucleases.
InĀ anotherĀ approach,Ā theĀ shortĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ ofĀ theĀ bead-boundĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ designedĀ withĀ specificĀ basesĀ (e.g.,Ā UracilĀ orĀ Inosine)Ā andĀ theseĀ basesĀ canĀ beĀ removedĀ byĀ treatmentĀ withĀ theĀ correspondingĀ DNAĀ glycosylasesĀ (e.g.,Ā UDGĀ orĀ hAAG)Ā (toĀ createĀ abasicĀ sites)Ā ,Ā andĀ thenĀ EndoIV,Ā EndoVIII,Ā APE1,Ā orĀ anyĀ otherĀ enzymeĀ thatĀ canĀ removeĀ abasicĀ sites.Ā UsingĀ thisĀ strategy,Ā theĀ meltingĀ temperatureĀ ofĀ theĀ shortĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ canĀ beĀ furtherĀ loweredĀ asĀ theĀ lengthĀ ofĀ contiguousĀ double-strandedĀ regionsĀ isĀ furtherĀ reducedĀ afterĀ removalĀ ofĀ theseĀ bases.
InĀ yetĀ anotherĀ approach,Ā ifĀ theĀ reactionĀ wasĀ performedĀ inĀ solutionĀ andĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ removedĀ throughĀ aĀ DNAĀ purificationĀ methodĀ (suchĀ asĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beads)Ā .Ā InĀ yetĀ anotherĀ approach,Ā whenĀ theĀ reactionĀ isĀ performedĀ onĀ beads,Ā theĀ excessĀ adapterĀ andĀ productĀ ligatedĀ toĀ adapterĀ canĀ beĀ releasedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadsĀ throughĀ anĀ enzymaticĀ release.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ bead-boundĀ adaptersĀ compriseĀ uracils,Ā orĀ inosines,Ā orĀ both,Ā atĀ positionsĀ proximalĀ toĀ theĀ beads,Ā andĀ enzymesĀ canĀ beĀ addedĀ toĀ releaseĀ theseĀ basesĀ andĀ thusĀ releaseĀ theĀ adaptersĀ fromĀ theĀ beads.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ adaptersĀ areĀ boundĀ toĀ theĀ beadsĀ throughĀ bondsĀ thatĀ areĀ susceptibleĀ toĀ aĀ chemicalĀ treatment,Ā andĀ theĀ chemicalĀ canĀ beĀ addedĀ toĀ releaseĀ theĀ adapters.Ā InĀ oneĀ example,Ā theĀ adapterĀ isĀ boundĀ toĀ theĀ beadĀ viaĀ aĀ biotinĀ streptavidinĀ interaction,Ā heatĀ orĀ treatingĀ theĀ bead-boundĀ adaptersĀ withĀ formamideĀ canĀ breakĀ theĀ interaction.Ā  InĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ adapterĀ isĀ boundĀ toĀ theĀ beadĀ viaĀ aĀ photocleavableĀ linkerĀ andĀ lightĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ cleaveĀ theĀ linkerĀ andĀ releaseĀ theĀ adapterĀ fromĀ theĀ bead.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ methodĀ doesĀ notĀ includeĀ aĀ stepĀ toĀ removeĀ theĀ excessĀ bead-boundĀ adapters;Ā andĀ afterĀ nickingĀ andĀ ligatingĀ stepsĀ asĀ describedĀ aboveĀ theĀ primerĀ extensionĀ stepĀ isĀ performed.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ primerĀ extensionĀ stepĀ isĀ performedĀ afterĀ theĀ removalĀ ofĀ theĀ excessĀ bead-boundĀ adapters.
6.Ā ExtensionĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ barcode
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ ligatedĀ withĀ theĀ branchĀ adapterĀ isĀ thenĀ extendedĀ byĀ aĀ DNAĀ polymeraseĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ barcode.Ā OneĀ illustrativeĀ embodimentĀ isĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 6.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ primerĀ extensionĀ stepĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ eitherĀ onĀ theĀ beadsĀ orĀ inĀ solutionĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ barcode.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ denatureĀ stepĀ (e.g.,Ā byĀ heat)Ā isĀ performedĀ toĀ produceĀ single-strandedĀ fragmentsĀ ligatedĀ withĀ adapters,Ā andĀ aĀ polymeraseĀ withoutĀ strandĀ displacementĀ activityĀ (suchĀ asĀ pfu,Ā pfuCx,Ā TaqĀ polymerase,Ā DNAĀ polĀ 1)Ā isĀ usedĀ toĀ extendĀ theĀ strandĀ thatĀ isĀ ligatedĀ withĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ barcode.Ā FIG.Ā 3Ā andĀ FIG.Ā 4.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā noĀ denaturingĀ stepĀ isĀ performedĀ andĀ theĀ primerĀ isĀ extendedĀ usingĀ aĀ strandĀ displacingĀ polymeraseĀ (e.g.,Ā phi29Ā polymeraseĀ orĀ Bst)Ā .Ā InĀ oneĀ illustrativeĀ example,Ā theĀ reactionĀ isĀ denaturedĀ atĀ aĀ 95Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 3Ā minutes,Ā whichĀ isĀ followedĀ byĀ annealingĀ aĀ primerĀ atĀ 55Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 3Ā minutes,Ā andĀ extendingĀ theĀ primerĀ atĀ 72Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 10Ā minutesĀ usingĀ pfuCx.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā anotherĀ roundĀ ofĀ purificationĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ atĀ thisĀ stepĀ ifĀ theĀ barcodedĀ extensionĀ productĀ isĀ inĀ solution.Ā IfĀ stillĀ boundĀ toĀ beads,Ā theĀ beadsĀ canĀ beĀ washedĀ inĀ TrisĀ NaClĀ buffer.
InĀ scenariosĀ whereĀ theĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ alreadyĀ containsĀ twoĀ adapters,Ā oneĀ toĀ eachĀ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,Ā asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 3Ā andĀ 4,Ā theĀ extendedĀ fragmentsĀ canĀ beĀ releasedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadsĀ forĀ furtherĀ processingĀ asĀ describedĀ below.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā onlyĀ oneĀ adapterĀ isĀ inĀ theĀ extensionĀ product,Ā suchĀ asĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 6Ā andĀ 7A,Ā aĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ oppositeĀ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ fromĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ canĀ beĀ performed.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ  nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ byĀ aĀ bluntĀ endĀ ligation.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā whereĀ aĀ polymeraseĀ wasĀ usedĀ duringĀ theĀ extensionĀ stepĀ thatĀ leavesĀ anĀ AĀ tail,Ā theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ byĀ aĀ singleĀ baseĀ overhangĀ ligation.Ā Importantly,Ā forĀ theĀ purposeĀ ofĀ doingĀ thisĀ inĀ aĀ PCR-freeĀ manner,Ā 3’ OHĀ ofĀ theĀ adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ PO4Ā ofĀ theĀ product.Ā ThisĀ isĀ theĀ originalĀ DNAĀ strandĀ (notĀ theĀ copyĀ madeĀ duringĀ extension)Ā .Ā ForĀ PCRĀ basedĀ libraryĀ prepĀ strategies,Ā anotherĀ roundĀ ofĀ DNAĀ purificationĀ isĀ typicallyĀ performedĀ atĀ thisĀ pointĀ andĀ followedĀ byĀ PCRĀ amplification.
7.Ā ControlledĀ extensionĀ toĀ separateĀ ligatedĀ andĀ unligatedĀ adapters
7.1Ā ControlledĀ extension
InĀ anotherĀ aspect,Ā afterĀ performingĀ branchĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ b-BLA)Ā toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ asĀ describedĀ above,Ā theĀ methodĀ comprisesĀ extendingĀ aĀ primerĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ underĀ conditionsĀ thatĀ permitsĀ controllingĀ ofĀ theĀ extentĀ ofĀ theĀ extensionĀ reaction.Ā TheseĀ extension-controllingĀ conditionsĀ includeĀ butĀ areĀ notĀ limitedĀ to,Ā selectingĀ aĀ polymeraseĀ (s)Ā withĀ aĀ suitableĀ polymerizationĀ rateĀ orĀ otherĀ properties,Ā andĀ byĀ usingĀ aĀ varietyĀ ofĀ reactionĀ parametersĀ includingĀ (butĀ notĀ limitedĀ to)Ā reactionĀ temperature,Ā durationĀ ofĀ theĀ reaction,Ā primerĀ composition,Ā DNAĀ polymerase,Ā primerĀ andĀ nucleotideĀ concentration,Ā additives,Ā andĀ bufferĀ composition.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ extensionĀ canĀ beĀ controlledĀ byĀ aĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ reversibleĀ terminatorsĀ andĀ normalĀ nucleotidesĀ forĀ theĀ extension.Ā TheĀ ratioĀ ofĀ theĀ amountĀ ofĀ reversibleĀ terminatorĀ nucleotidesĀ toĀ theĀ amountĀ ofĀ normalĀ nucleotidesĀ canĀ beĀ adjustedĀ toĀ achieveĀ theĀ extentĀ ofĀ theĀ extension;Ā inĀ general,Ā aĀ higherĀ ratioĀ ofĀ theĀ amountĀ ofĀ reversibleĀ terminatorĀ nucleotidesĀ toĀ theĀ amountĀ ofĀ normalĀ nucleotidesĀ willĀ resultĀ inĀ aĀ lessĀ completeĀ extension.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ extensionĀ isĀ controlledĀ suchĀ thatĀ itĀ onlyĀ addsĀ aboutĀ 100-150Ā bases.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ primerĀ hybridizesĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ isĀ 3’ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ inĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ isĀ extendedĀ underĀ theĀ extension-controllingĀ conditions.Ā UnderĀ theseĀ conditionsĀ extensionĀ ofĀ theĀ primerĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ ligationĀ productĀ --producedĀ byĀ ligatingĀ aĀ firstĀ adapterĀ toĀ aĀ targetĀ fragment--isĀ incomplete,Ā resultingĀ aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ molecule;Ā whileĀ extensionĀ ofĀ theĀ primerĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ unligatedĀ b-BLAĀ isĀ complete,Ā resultingĀ aĀ double- strandedĀ molecule.Ā IllustrativeĀ exampleĀ ofĀ usingĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ toĀ prepareĀ adapteredĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 10A-10BĀ andĀ FIG.Ā 11A-11B.
TheĀ incompleteĀ extensionĀ ofĀ theĀ primerĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ wouldĀ leaveĀ aĀ 5’ overhangĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ 3’ branchĀ ligation.Ā IfĀ reversibleĀ terminatorsĀ areĀ used,Ā atĀ theĀ endĀ ofĀ theĀ extensionĀ reaction,Ā blockingĀ groupsĀ ofĀ theĀ reversibleĀ terminatorsĀ areĀ removedĀ toĀ restoreĀ theĀ 3’ OHĀ group.Ā AtĀ thisĀ pointĀ 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ toĀ ligateĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ fragment,Ā thusĀ producingĀ anĀ adapteredĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ aĀ firstĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ oneĀ terminusĀ andĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ otherĀ terminus.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ theĀ reversibleĀ terminatorsĀ canĀ beĀ addedĀ atĀ differentĀ concentrations,Ā atĀ differentĀ timeĀ points,Ā orĀ differentĀ cyclesĀ toĀ provideĀ overlappingĀ coverageĀ acrossĀ mostĀ nucleotidesĀ inĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.
TheĀ completeĀ extensionĀ ofĀ theĀ primerĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ resultsĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ molecule,Ā whichĀ canĀ beĀ degradedĀ andĀ removedĀ byĀ enzymesĀ havingĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ exonucleaseĀ activity,Ā seeĀ TableĀ 1.
7.2Ā RemoveĀ excessĀ adapters
TheĀ followingĀ exemplaryĀ approachesĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ removeĀ excessĀ unligatedĀ adaptersĀ (i.e.,Ā adaptersĀ thatĀ areĀ notĀ ligatedĀ toĀ anyĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments)Ā toĀ minimizeĀ theĀ negativeĀ interferenceĀ ofĀ theseĀ unligatedĀ adaptersĀ inĀ theĀ libraryĀ preparation.
7.2.1Ā RemoveĀ unligatedĀ adaptersĀ byĀ beadĀ purification
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā excessĀ adaptersĀ inĀ solutionĀ canĀ beĀ removedĀ byĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beadĀ purificationĀ (BeckmanĀ Coulter,Ā Brea,Ā CA)Ā .
7.2.2Ā BlockĀ unligatedĀ adaptersĀ withĀ hairpinĀ adapters
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ canĀ beĀ degradedĀ orĀ blockedĀ usingĀ methodsĀ includeĀ butĀ notĀ limitedĀ toĀ theĀ followingĀ approaches.Ā TheĀ firstĀ method,Ā describedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 9AĀ andĀ 9B,Ā usesĀ aĀ controlledĀ primerĀ extensionĀ suchĀ thatĀ theĀ extensionĀ onlyĀ addsĀ aboutĀ 100-150Ā bases.Ā TheĀ polymeraseĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ TagĀ polymerase)Ā usedĀ inĀ thisĀ extensionĀ doesĀ notĀ haveĀ 3’-5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ andĀ itĀ canĀ generateĀ bluntĀ endsĀ andĀ addĀ anĀ AĀ tailĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus.Ā ThisĀ willĀ  causeĀ completeĀ extensionĀ andĀ AĀ tailingĀ ofĀ excessĀ adapterĀ (i.e.,Ā addingĀ AĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ adapter)Ā (950)Ā ,Ā butĀ extensionĀ ofĀ toĀ copyĀ adapteredĀ fragmentsĀ (940)Ā willĀ beĀ incomplete.Ā Next,Ā ligationĀ isĀ performedĀ withĀ aĀ hairpinĀ adapterĀ withĀ aĀ TĀ tailĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ AĀ tailĀ ofĀ theĀ completelyĀ extendedĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ (950)Ā toĀ blockĀ theseĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ fromĀ beingĀ extended.Ā TheĀ hairpinĀ adaptersĀ howeverĀ cannotĀ ligateĀ toĀ incompletelyĀ extendedĀ adapteredĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ (970)Ā .Ā Thus,Ā theseĀ fragmentsĀ (970)Ā canĀ beĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ with.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ extensionĀ isĀ performedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ normalĀ nucleotideĀ andĀ reversibleĀ terminators,Ā followedĀ byĀ aĀ reactionĀ toĀ removeĀ theĀ terminatorĀ blockingĀ group,Ā andĀ thenĀ 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ withĀ aĀ BLAĀ (980)Ā .Ā ThisĀ productĀ (990)Ā canĀ nowĀ beĀ denaturedĀ andĀ separatedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadsĀ andĀ savedĀ forĀ sequencing.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ canĀ beĀ reusedĀ forĀ anotherĀ roundĀ ofĀ primerĀ extensionĀ withĀ reversibleĀ terminators,Ā removalĀ ofĀ blockĀ group,Ā 3’ branchĀ ligation,Ā andĀ denaturation.Ā ThisĀ processĀ canĀ beĀ repeatedĀ multipleĀ times,Ā withĀ varyingĀ concentrationsĀ ofĀ terminatorsĀ toĀ enableĀ almostĀ completeĀ overlappingĀ DNAĀ coverageĀ ofĀ theĀ genomicĀ fragment.
7.2.3Ā DegradeĀ excessĀ adapters
InĀ anotherĀ embodiment,Ā asĀ disclosedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 10AĀ andĀ 10B,Ā controlledĀ extensionĀ isĀ performedĀ usingĀ aĀ polymeraseĀ withĀ 3’-5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ (e.g.,Ā Pfu,Ā Q5,Ā Phusion,Ā T7,Ā Vent,Ā Klenow,Ā T4)Ā .Ā TheĀ extensionĀ isĀ limitedĀ toĀ aboutĀ 100-150Ā bases.Ā Again,Ā theĀ resultĀ isĀ thatĀ incompleteĀ extensionĀ occursĀ forĀ thoseĀ adaptersĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ genomicĀ fragmentĀ andĀ completeĀ extensionĀ forĀ thoseĀ excessĀ adaptersĀ (i.e.,Ā unligatedĀ adapters)Ā .Ā BecauseĀ ofĀ theĀ 3-5’ exonucleaseĀ activityĀ ofĀ theĀ polymerase,Ā theĀ resultĀ isĀ aĀ bluntĀ endĀ dsDNAĀ adapterĀ withĀ aĀ 5’ phosphate.Ā ThisĀ isĀ aĀ perfectĀ substrateĀ forĀ lambdaĀ exonucleaseĀ whileĀ theĀ incompleteĀ extensionĀ productĀ forĀ thoseĀ adapteredĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ notĀ goodĀ substrateĀ forĀ lambdaĀ exonuclease.Ā AsĀ aĀ result,Ā treatmentĀ withĀ lambdaĀ exonucleaseĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ degradeĀ allĀ ofĀ theĀ unligatedĀ excessĀ adapters.Ā TheĀ remainingĀ stepsĀ thatĀ areĀ essentiallyĀ theĀ sameĀ asĀ thoseĀ depictedĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 9AĀ andĀ 9BĀ areĀ employedĀ toĀ ligateĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ genomicĀ fragments.
InĀ yetĀ anotherĀ embodiment,Ā afterĀ theĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ thatĀ resultsĀ inĀ completeĀ extensionĀ ofĀ theĀ unligatedĀ adaptersĀ andĀ incompleteĀ extensionĀ ofĀ ligatedĀ productĀ (FIG.Ā 11A)Ā ,Ā controlledĀ extensionĀ isĀ continuedĀ withĀ reversibleĀ terminatorsĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ reaction.Ā AfterĀ aĀ periodĀ ofĀ time,Ā theĀ terminatorĀ blockingĀ groupĀ isĀ removedĀ fromĀ theĀ extensionĀ product,Ā andĀ aĀ  secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ reactionĀ inĀ ligation-permissibleĀ conditionĀ (e.g.,Ā inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligaseĀ andĀ ligationĀ buffer)Ā .Ā FIG.Ā 11B.Ā ThisĀ resultsĀ inĀ theĀ bluntĀ endĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ excessĀ adapterĀ andĀ 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ adapteredĀ fragments.Ā AtĀ thisĀ pointĀ aĀ controlledĀ primerĀ extensionĀ isĀ performedĀ byĀ extendingĀ oneĀ strandĀ (1190)Ā ofĀ theĀ newlyĀ ligatedĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ usingĀ aĀ strandĀ displacingĀ polymerase.Ā AsĀ before,Ā thisĀ extensionĀ isĀ controlledĀ byĀ time,Ā temperature,Ā and/orĀ nucleotideĀ concentrationĀ toĀ onlyĀ extendĀ aboutĀ 100-150Ā bases.Ā ThisĀ extensionĀ resultsĀ inĀ theĀ strandĀ displacementĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ b-BLA)Ā andĀ theĀ releaseĀ ofĀ aĀ copyĀ ofĀ dsDNAĀ adapterĀ (1180+Ā 1190)Ā ,Ā whichĀ canĀ beĀ separatedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadsĀ andĀ collected.Ā AsĀ inĀ theĀ previousĀ examples,Ā theĀ beadsĀ canĀ beĀ saved,Ā andĀ thisĀ processĀ isĀ repeatedĀ toĀ generateĀ overlappingĀ fragmentsĀ fromĀ eachĀ adapterĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ fragment.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā afterĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ areĀ extendedĀ asĀ describedĀ aboveĀ (e.g.,Ā underĀ extension-controllingĀ conditions)Ā ,Ā aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ (FIG.Ā 8,Ā 890)Ā canĀ beĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ extendedĀ productĀ viaĀ e.g.,Ā bluntĀ ligationĀ orĀ branchĀ ligation.
8.Ā Release
TheĀ extendedĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ twoĀ adaptersĀ oneĀ atĀ eachĀ terminusĀ areĀ releasedĀ fromĀ theĀ beads.Ā TheĀ releaseĀ fromĀ beadsĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ byĀ degradingĀ theĀ beadsĀ orĀ byĀ cleavingĀ aĀ chemicalĀ linkageĀ betweenĀ theĀ adapterĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ theĀ bead.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ releaseĀ isĀ effectedĀ byĀ removalĀ ofĀ anĀ inosineĀ residueĀ fromĀ theĀ captureĀ oligonucleotideĀ usingĀ EndoVĀ enzymeĀ orĀ theĀ removalĀ ofĀ aĀ uracilĀ nucleotideĀ byĀ uracilĀ deglycosylaseĀ andĀ EndoIV/EndoVIIIĀ orĀ otherĀ enzymesĀ havingĀ similarĀ function.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ captureĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ crosslinkedĀ toĀ theĀ beadĀ throughĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ disulfideĀ bonds.Ā InĀ suchĀ cases,Ā theĀ releaseĀ canĀ beĀ effectedĀ byĀ exposingĀ theĀ beadsĀ toĀ aĀ reducingĀ agentĀ (e.g.,Ā dithiothreitolĀ (DTT)Ā orĀ trisĀ (2-carboxyethyl)Ā phosphineĀ (TCEP)Ā )Ā .
9.Ā Amplification
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā extendedĀ fragmentsĀ producedĀ inĀ theĀ methodĀ stepsĀ describedĀ aboveĀ areĀ amplified.Ā SuchĀ amplificationĀ methodsĀ includeĀ withoutĀ limitation:Ā multipleĀ displacementĀ amplificationĀ (MDA)Ā ,Ā polymeraseĀ chainĀ reactionĀ (PCR)Ā ,Ā ligationĀ chainĀ reactionĀ (sometimesĀ referredĀ toĀ asĀ oligonucleotideĀ ligaseĀ amplificationĀ OLA)Ā ,Ā cyclingĀ probeĀ technologyĀ  (CPT)Ā ,Ā strandĀ displacementĀ assayĀ (SDA)Ā ,Ā transcriptionĀ mediatedĀ amplificationĀ (TMA)Ā ,Ā nucleicĀ acidĀ sequenceĀ basedĀ amplificationĀ (NASBA)Ā ,Ā rollingĀ circleĀ amplificationĀ (RCR)Ā (forĀ circularizedĀ fragments)Ā ,Ā andĀ invasiveĀ cleavageĀ technology.Ā AmplificationĀ canĀ beĀ performedĀ afterĀ fragmentingĀ orĀ beforeĀ orĀ afterĀ anyĀ stepĀ outlinedĀ herein.
InĀ oneĀ illustrativeĀ exampleĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 3,Ā theĀ ligatedĀ productĀ formedĀ byĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ andĀ theĀ beadĀ adapterĀ andĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ isĀ amplifiedĀ byĀ annealingĀ primersĀ toĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ andĀ theĀ branchĀ adapter.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā extendedĀ fragmentsĀ canĀ beĀ firstĀ denaturedĀ intoĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ molecules.Ā ForĀ eachĀ ofĀ someĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ molecules,Ā aĀ splintĀ oligoĀ isĀ thenĀ added,Ā whichĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ theĀ adapterĀ sequencesĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ bothĀ terminiĀ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,Ā andĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ areĀ thenĀ circularizedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligaseĀ (e.g.,Ā T4Ā orĀ TaqĀ ligase)Ā .Ā TheĀ DNAĀ polymeraseĀ usedĀ forĀ RCRĀ canĀ beĀ anyĀ DNAĀ polymeraseĀ thatĀ hasĀ strand-displacementĀ activity,Ā e.g.,Ā Phi29,Ā BstĀ DNAĀ polymerase,Ā KlenowĀ fragmentĀ ofĀ DNAĀ polymeraseĀ I,Ā andĀ Deep-VentRĀ NDAĀ polymeraseĀ (NEB#MO258)Ā .Ā TheseĀ DNAĀ polymerasesĀ areĀ knownĀ toĀ haveĀ differentĀ strengthsĀ ofĀ strand-displacementĀ activity.Ā ItĀ isĀ withinĀ theĀ abilityĀ ofĀ oneĀ ofĀ ordinaryĀ skillĀ inĀ theĀ artĀ toĀ selectĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ suitableĀ DNAĀ polymeraseĀ usedĀ forĀ theĀ invention.
10.Ā Sequencing
TheĀ amplifiedĀ extendedĀ fragmentsĀ canĀ beĀ sequencedĀ usingĀ sequencingĀ methodsĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ art,Ā includingĀ forĀ exampleĀ withoutĀ limitation,Ā polymerase-basedĀ sequencing-by-synthesisĀ (e.g.,Ā HiSeqĀ 2500Ā system,Ā Illumina,Ā SanĀ Diego,Ā CA)Ā ,Ā ligation-basedĀ sequencingĀ (e.g.,Ā SOLiDĀ 5500,Ā LifeĀ TechnologiesĀ Corporation,Ā Carlsbad,Ā CA)Ā ,Ā ionĀ semiconductorĀ sequencingĀ (e.g.,Ā IonĀ PGMĀ orĀ IonĀ ProtonĀ sequencers,Ā LifeĀ TechnologiesĀ Corporation,Ā Carlsbad,Ā CA)Ā ,Ā zero-modeĀ waveguidesĀ (e.g.,Ā PacBioĀ RSĀ sequencer,Ā PacificĀ Biosciences,Ā MenloĀ Park,Ā CA)Ā ,Ā nanoporeĀ sequencingĀ (e.g.,Ā OxfordĀ NanoporeĀ TechnologiesĀ Ltd.,Ā Oxford,Ā UnitedĀ Kingdom)Ā ,Ā pyrosequencingĀ (e.g.,Ā 454Ā LifeĀ Sciences,Ā Branford,Ā CT)Ā ,Ā orĀ otherĀ sequencingĀ technologies.Ā SomeĀ ofĀ theseĀ sequencingĀ technologiesĀ areĀ short-readĀ technologies,Ā butĀ othersĀ produceĀ longerĀ reads,Ā e.g.,Ā theĀ GSĀ FLX+Ā (454Ā LifeĀ Sciences;Ā upĀ toĀ 1000Ā bp)Ā ,Ā PacBioĀ RSĀ (PacificĀ Biosciences;Ā approximatelyĀ 1000Ā  bp)Ā andĀ nanoporeĀ sequencingĀ (OxfordĀ NanoporeĀ TechnologiesĀ Ltd.;Ā 100Ā kb)Ā .Ā ForĀ haplotypeĀ phasing,Ā longerĀ readsĀ areĀ advantageous,Ā requiringĀ muchĀ lessĀ computation,Ā althoughĀ theyĀ tendĀ toĀ haveĀ aĀ higherĀ errorĀ rateĀ andĀ errorsĀ inĀ suchĀ longĀ readsĀ mayĀ needĀ toĀ beĀ identifiedĀ andĀ correctedĀ accordingĀ toĀ methodsĀ setĀ forthĀ hereinĀ beforeĀ haplotypeĀ phasing.
AccordingĀ toĀ oneĀ embodiment,Ā sequencingĀ isĀ performedĀ usingĀ combinatorialĀ probe-anchorĀ ligationĀ (cPAL)Ā asĀ described,Ā forĀ example,Ā inĀ USĀ 20140051588,Ā U.S.Ā 20130124100,Ā bothĀ ofĀ whichĀ areĀ incorporatedĀ hereinĀ byĀ referenceĀ inĀ theirĀ entiretyĀ forĀ allĀ purposes.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ fragmentsĀ thatĀ areĀ ligatedĀ withĀ theĀ adapters,Ā orĀ amplifiedĀ productsĀ thereofĀ canĀ beĀ denaturedĀ toĀ produceĀ single-strandedĀ molecules.Ā AĀ splintĀ oligonucleotideĀ ofĀ e.g.,Ā 8-40Ā base,Ā areĀ annealedĀ toĀ bothĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ molecules.Ā TheseĀ annealedĀ oligosĀ enableĀ aĀ 1-10Ā baseĀ overlapĀ betweenĀ theĀ twoĀ endsĀ ofĀ theĀ product,Ā similarĀ toĀ theĀ overhangsĀ createdĀ afterĀ restrictionĀ enzymeĀ digestionĀ ofĀ plasmidĀ DNA.Ā LigationĀ canĀ thenĀ beĀ performedĀ withĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligaseĀ toĀ createĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ circleĀ withĀ aĀ smallĀ regionĀ ofĀ double-strandedĀ DNAĀ atĀ theĀ siteĀ ofĀ ligation.Ā TheseĀ circlesĀ canĀ nowĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ makeĀ DNAĀ nanoballsĀ (DNBs)Ā forĀ DNBseqĀ sequencers.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ fragmentsĀ containĀ bothĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 3’terminusĀ andĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ asĀ describedĀ above.Ā TheseĀ adapteredĀ fragmentsĀ canĀ beĀ sequencedĀ onĀ IlluminaĀ typeĀ andĀ otherĀ systemsĀ thatĀ doĀ notĀ requireĀ circularization.
Compositions
1.Ā Samples
SamplesĀ containingĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ canĀ beĀ obtainedĀ fromĀ anyĀ suitableĀ source.Ā ForĀ example,Ā theĀ sampleĀ canĀ beĀ obtainedĀ orĀ providedĀ fromĀ anyĀ organismĀ ofĀ interest.Ā SuchĀ organismsĀ include,Ā forĀ example,Ā plants;Ā animalsĀ (e.g.,Ā mammals,Ā includingĀ humansĀ andĀ non-humanĀ primates)Ā ;Ā orĀ pathogens,Ā suchĀ asĀ bacteriaĀ andĀ viruses.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā theĀ sampleĀ canĀ be,Ā orĀ canĀ beĀ obtainedĀ from,Ā cells,Ā tissue,Ā orĀ polynucleotidesĀ ofĀ aĀ populationĀ ofĀ suchĀ organismsĀ ofĀ interest.Ā AsĀ anotherĀ example,Ā theĀ sampleĀ canĀ beĀ aĀ microbiomeĀ orĀ microbiota.Ā Optionally,Ā theĀ sampleĀ isĀ anĀ environmentalĀ sample,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ sampleĀ ofĀ water,Ā air,Ā orĀ soil.
SamplesĀ fromĀ anĀ organismĀ ofĀ interest,Ā orĀ aĀ populationĀ ofĀ suchĀ organismsĀ ofĀ interest,Ā canĀ include,Ā butĀ areĀ notĀ limitedĀ to,Ā samplesĀ ofĀ bodilyĀ fluidsĀ (including,Ā butĀ notĀ limitedĀ to,Ā blood,Ā urine,Ā serum,Ā lymph,Ā saliva,Ā analĀ andĀ vaginalĀ secretions,Ā perspirationĀ andĀ semen)Ā ;Ā cells;Ā tissue;Ā biopsies,Ā researchĀ samplesĀ (e.g.,Ā productsĀ ofĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ amplificationĀ reactions,Ā suchĀ asĀ PCRĀ amplificationĀ reactions)Ā ;Ā purifiedĀ samples,Ā suchĀ asĀ purifiedĀ genomicĀ DNA;Ā RNAĀ preparations;Ā andĀ rawĀ samplesĀ (bacteria,Ā virus,Ā genomicĀ DNA,Ā etc.Ā )Ā .Ā MethodsĀ ofĀ obtainingĀ targetĀ polynucleotidesĀ (e.g.,Ā genomicĀ DNA)Ā fromĀ organismsĀ areĀ wellĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ art.
2.Ā TargetĀ nucleicĀ acid
AsĀ usedĀ herein,Ā theĀ termĀ "targetĀ nucleicĀ acid"Ā (orĀ polynucleotide)Ā orĀ "nucleicĀ acidĀ ofĀ interest"Ā refersĀ toĀ anyĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ (orĀ polynucleotide)Ā suitableĀ forĀ processingĀ andĀ sequencingĀ byĀ theĀ methodsĀ describedĀ herein.Ā TheĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ mayĀ beĀ single-strandedĀ orĀ double-strandedĀ andĀ mayĀ includeĀ DNA,Ā RNA,Ā orĀ otherĀ knownĀ nucleicĀ acids.Ā TheĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ mayĀ beĀ thoseĀ ofĀ anyĀ organism,Ā includingĀ butĀ notĀ limitedĀ toĀ viruses,Ā bacteria,Ā yeast,Ā plants,Ā fish,Ā reptiles,Ā amphibians,Ā birds,Ā andĀ mammalsĀ (including,Ā withoutĀ limitation,Ā mice,Ā rats,Ā dogs,Ā cats,Ā goats,Ā sheep,Ā cattle,Ā horses,Ā pigs,Ā rabbits,Ā monkeysĀ andĀ otherĀ non-humanĀ primates,Ā andĀ humans)Ā .Ā AĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ mayĀ beĀ obtainedĀ fromĀ anĀ individualĀ orĀ fromĀ aĀ multipleĀ individualsĀ (i.e.,Ā aĀ population)Ā .Ā AĀ sampleĀ fromĀ whichĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ isĀ obtainedĀ mayĀ containĀ aĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ fromĀ aĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ cellsĀ orĀ evenĀ organisms,Ā suchĀ as:Ā aĀ humanĀ salivaĀ sampleĀ thatĀ includesĀ humanĀ cellsĀ andĀ bacterialĀ cells;Ā aĀ mouseĀ xenograftĀ thatĀ includesĀ mouseĀ cellsĀ andĀ cellsĀ fromĀ aĀ transplantedĀ humanĀ tumor;Ā etc.Ā TargetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ mayĀ beĀ unamplifiedĀ orĀ theyĀ mayĀ beĀ amplifiedĀ byĀ anyĀ suitableĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ amplificationĀ methodĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ art.Ā TargetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ mayĀ beĀ purifiedĀ accordingĀ toĀ methodsĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ artĀ toĀ removeĀ cellularĀ andĀ subcellularĀ contaminantsĀ (lipids,Ā proteins,Ā carbohydrates,Ā nucleicĀ acidsĀ otherĀ thanĀ thoseĀ toĀ beĀ sequenced,Ā etc.Ā )Ā ,Ā orĀ theyĀ mayĀ beĀ unpurified,Ā i.e.,Ā includeĀ atĀ leastĀ someĀ cellularĀ andĀ subcellularĀ contaminants,Ā includingĀ withoutĀ limitationĀ intactĀ cellsĀ thatĀ areĀ disruptedĀ toĀ releaseĀ theirĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ forĀ processingĀ andĀ sequencing.Ā TargetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ canĀ beĀ obtainedĀ fromĀ anyĀ suitableĀ sampleĀ usingĀ methodsĀ knownĀ inĀ theĀ art.Ā SuchĀ samplesĀ includeĀ butĀ areĀ notĀ limitedĀ toĀ biosamplesĀ suchĀ asĀ tissues,Ā isolatedĀ cellsĀ orĀ cellĀ cultures,Ā bodilyĀ fluidsĀ (including,Ā butĀ notĀ limitedĀ to,Ā blood,Ā urine,Ā serum,Ā lymph,Ā saliva,Ā analĀ  andĀ vaginalĀ secretions,Ā perspirationĀ andĀ semen)Ā ;Ā andĀ environmentalĀ samples,Ā suchĀ asĀ air,Ā agricultural,Ā waterĀ andĀ soilĀ samples,Ā etc.
TargetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ mayĀ beĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ (e.g.,Ā fromĀ aĀ singleĀ individual)Ā ,Ā cDNA,Ā and/orĀ mayĀ beĀ complexĀ nucleicĀ acids,Ā includingĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ fromĀ multipleĀ individualsĀ orĀ genomes.Ā ExamplesĀ ofĀ complexĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ includeĀ aĀ microbiome,Ā circulatingĀ fetalĀ cellsĀ inĀ theĀ bloodstreamĀ ofĀ aĀ expectingĀ motherĀ (see,Ā e.g.,Ā KavanaghĀ etĀ al.,Ā J.Ā Chromatol.Ā BĀ 878:Ā 1905-1911,Ā 2010)Ā ,Ā circulatingĀ tumorĀ cellsĀ (CTC)Ā fromĀ theĀ bloodstreamĀ ofĀ aĀ cancerĀ patient.Ā InĀ oneĀ embodiment,Ā suchĀ aĀ complexĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ hasĀ aĀ completeĀ sequenceĀ comprisingĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ gigabaseĀ (Gb)Ā (aĀ diploidĀ humanĀ genomeĀ comprisesĀ approximatelyĀ 6Ā GbĀ ofĀ sequence)Ā .
InĀ someĀ cases,Ā targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ orĀ firstĀ complexesĀ areĀ genomicĀ fragments.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ theĀ genomicĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ longerĀ thanĀ 10kb,Ā e.g.,Ā 10-100kb,Ā 10-500kb,Ā 20-300kb,Ā 50-200kb,Ā 100-400kb,Ā orĀ longerĀ thanĀ 500Ā kb.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā targetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ orĀ firstĀ complexesĀ areĀ 5,000Ā toĀ 100,000Ā KbĀ inĀ length.Ā TheĀ amountĀ ofĀ DNAĀ (e.g.,Ā humanĀ genomicĀ DNA)Ā usedĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ mixtureĀ mayĀ beĀ <10ng,Ā <3ng,Ā <1ngĀ ,Ā <0.3ng,Ā orĀ <0.1ngĀ ofĀ DNA.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ amountĀ ofĀ DNAĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ singleĀ mixtureĀ mayĀ beĀ lessĀ thanĀ 3,000x,Ā e.g.,Ā lessĀ thanĀ 900x,Ā lessĀ thanĀ 300x,Ā lessĀ thanĀ 100x,Ā orĀ lessĀ thanĀ 30xĀ ofĀ haploidĀ DNAĀ amount.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ amountĀ ofĀ DNAĀ usedĀ inĀ theĀ singleĀ mixtureĀ mayĀ beĀ atĀ leastĀ 1xĀ ofĀ haploidĀ DNA,Ā e.g.,Ā atĀ leastĀ 2x,Ā orĀ atĀ leastĀ 10Ā xĀ haploidĀ DNAĀ amount.
TargetĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ mayĀ beĀ isolatedĀ usingĀ conventionalĀ techniques,Ā forĀ exampleĀ asĀ disclosedĀ inĀ SambrookĀ andĀ Russell,Ā MolecularĀ Cloning:Ā AĀ LaboratoryĀ Manual,Ā citedĀ supra.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā particularlyĀ ifĀ smallĀ amountsĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ areĀ employedĀ inĀ aĀ particularĀ step,Ā itĀ isĀ advantageousĀ toĀ provideĀ carrierĀ DNA,Ā e.g.,Ā unrelatedĀ circularĀ syntheticĀ double-strandedĀ DNA,Ā toĀ beĀ mixedĀ andĀ usedĀ withĀ theĀ sampleĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ wheneverĀ onlyĀ smallĀ amountsĀ ofĀ sampleĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ areĀ availableĀ andĀ thereĀ isĀ dangerĀ ofĀ lossesĀ throughĀ nonspecificĀ binding,Ā e.g.,Ā toĀ containerĀ wallsĀ andĀ theĀ like.
AccordingĀ toĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ invention,Ā genomicĀ DNAĀ orĀ otherĀ complexĀ nucleicĀ acidsĀ areĀ obtainedĀ fromĀ anĀ individualĀ cellĀ orĀ smallĀ numberĀ ofĀ cellsĀ withĀ orĀ withoutĀ purification,Ā byĀ anyĀ knownĀ method.
LongĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ desirableĀ forĀ theĀ methodsĀ ofĀ theĀ presentĀ invention.Ā LongĀ fragmentsĀ ofĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ canĀ beĀ isolatedĀ fromĀ aĀ cellĀ byĀ anyĀ knownĀ method.Ā AĀ protocolĀ forĀ isolationĀ ofĀ longĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ fragmentsĀ fromĀ humanĀ cellsĀ isĀ described,Ā forĀ example,Ā inĀ PetersĀ etĀ al.,Ā NatureĀ 487:Ā 190–195Ā (2012)Ā .Ā InĀ oneĀ embodiment,Ā cellsĀ areĀ lysedĀ andĀ theĀ intactĀ nucleiĀ areĀ pelletedĀ withĀ aĀ gentleĀ centrifugationĀ step.Ā TheĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ isĀ thenĀ releasedĀ throughĀ proteinaseĀ KĀ andĀ RNaseĀ digestionĀ forĀ severalĀ hours.Ā TheĀ materialĀ canĀ beĀ treatedĀ toĀ lowerĀ theĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ remainingĀ cellularĀ waste,Ā e.g.,Ā byĀ dialysisĀ forĀ aĀ periodĀ ofĀ timeĀ (i.e.,Ā fromĀ 2Ā -16Ā hours)Ā and/orĀ dilution.Ā SinceĀ suchĀ methodsĀ needĀ notĀ employĀ manyĀ disruptiveĀ processesĀ (suchĀ asĀ ethanolĀ precipitation,Ā centrifugation,Ā andĀ vortexing)Ā ,Ā theĀ genomicĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ remainsĀ largelyĀ intact,Ā yieldingĀ aĀ majorityĀ ofĀ fragmentsĀ thatĀ haveĀ lengthsĀ inĀ excessĀ ofĀ 150Ā kilobases.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ fromĀ aboutĀ 5Ā toĀ aboutĀ 750Ā kilobasesĀ inĀ lengths.Ā InĀ furtherĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ fromĀ aboutĀ 150Ā toĀ aboutĀ 600,Ā aboutĀ 200Ā toĀ aboutĀ 500,Ā aboutĀ 250Ā toĀ aboutĀ 400,Ā andĀ aboutĀ 300Ā toĀ aboutĀ 350Ā kilobasesĀ inĀ length.Ā TheĀ smallestĀ fragmentĀ thatĀ canĀ beĀ usedĀ forĀ haplotypingĀ isĀ approximatelyĀ 2-5Ā kb;Ā thereĀ isĀ noĀ maximumĀ theoreticalĀ size,Ā althoughĀ fragmentĀ lengthĀ canĀ beĀ limitedĀ byĀ shearingĀ resultingĀ fromĀ manipulationĀ ofĀ theĀ startingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ preparation.
InĀ otherĀ embodiments,Ā longĀ DNAĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ isolatedĀ andĀ manipulatedĀ inĀ aĀ mannerĀ thatĀ minimizesĀ shearingĀ orĀ absorptionĀ ofĀ theĀ DNAĀ toĀ aĀ vessel,Ā including,Ā forĀ example,Ā isolatingĀ cellsĀ inĀ agaroseĀ inĀ agaroseĀ gelĀ plugs,Ā orĀ oil,Ā orĀ usingĀ speciallyĀ coatedĀ tubesĀ andĀ plates.
AccordingĀ toĀ anotherĀ embodiment,Ā inĀ orderĀ toĀ obtainĀ uniformĀ genomeĀ coverageĀ inĀ theĀ caseĀ ofĀ samplesĀ withĀ aĀ smallĀ numberĀ ofĀ cellsĀ (e.g.,Ā 1,Ā 2,Ā 3,Ā 4,Ā 5,Ā 10,Ā 10,Ā 15,Ā 20,Ā 30,Ā 40,Ā 50Ā orĀ 100Ā cellsĀ fromĀ aĀ microbiopsyĀ orĀ circulatingĀ tumorĀ orĀ fetalĀ cells,Ā forĀ example)Ā ,Ā allĀ longĀ fragmentsĀ obtainedĀ fromĀ theĀ cellsĀ areĀ barcodedĀ usingĀ methodsĀ disclosedĀ herein.
3.Ā Barcode
AccordingĀ toĀ oneĀ embodiment,Ā aĀ barcode-containingĀ sequenceĀ isĀ usedĀ thatĀ hasĀ two,Ā threeĀ orĀ moreĀ segmentsĀ ofĀ which,Ā one,Ā forĀ example,Ā isĀ theĀ barcodeĀ sequence.Ā ForĀ example,Ā anĀ introducedĀ sequenceĀ mayĀ includeĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ regionsĀ ofĀ knownĀ sequenceĀ andĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ regionsĀ ofĀ degenerateĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ servesĀ asĀ theĀ barcodeĀ (s)Ā orĀ tagĀ (s)Ā .Ā TheĀ knownĀ sequenceĀ (B)Ā  mayĀ include,Ā forĀ example,Ā PCRĀ primerĀ bindingĀ sites,Ā transposonĀ ends,Ā restrictionĀ endonucleaseĀ recognitionĀ sequencesĀ (e.g.,Ā sitesĀ forĀ rareĀ cutters,Ā e.g.,Ā NotĀ I,Ā SacĀ II,Ā MluĀ I,Ā BssHĀ II,Ā etc.Ā )Ā ,Ā orĀ otherĀ sequences.Ā TheĀ degenerateĀ sequenceĀ (N)Ā thatĀ servesĀ asĀ theĀ tagĀ isĀ longĀ enoughĀ toĀ provideĀ aĀ populationĀ ofĀ different-sequenceĀ tagsĀ thatĀ isĀ equalĀ toĀ or,Ā preferably,Ā greaterĀ than,Ā theĀ numberĀ ofĀ fragmentsĀ ofĀ aĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ toĀ beĀ analyzed.
AccordingĀ toĀ oneĀ embodiment,Ā theĀ barcode-containingĀ sequenceĀ comprisesĀ oneĀ regionĀ ofĀ knownĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ anyĀ selectedĀ length.Ā AccordingĀ toĀ anotherĀ embodimentĀ theĀ barcode-containingĀ sequenceĀ comprisesĀ twoĀ regionsĀ ofĀ knownĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ aĀ selectedĀ lengthĀ thatĀ flankĀ aĀ regionĀ ofĀ degenerateĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ aĀ selectedĀ length,Ā i.e.,Ā B nN nB n,Ā whereĀ NĀ mayĀ haveĀ anyĀ lengthĀ sufficientĀ forĀ taggingĀ longĀ fragmentsĀ ofĀ aĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acid,Ā including,Ā withoutĀ limitation,Ā NĀ =Ā 10,Ā 11,Ā 12,Ā 13,Ā 14,Ā 15,Ā 16,Ā 17,Ā 18,Ā 19Ā orĀ 20,Ā andĀ BĀ mayĀ haveĀ anyĀ lengthĀ thatĀ accommodatesĀ desiredĀ sequencesĀ suchĀ asĀ transposonĀ ends,Ā primerĀ bindingĀ sites,Ā etc.Ā ForĀ example,Ā suchĀ anĀ embodimentĀ mayĀ beĀ B 20N 15B 20.
InĀ oneĀ embodiment,Ā aĀ twoĀ orĀ three-segmentĀ designĀ isĀ utilizedĀ forĀ theĀ barcodesĀ usedĀ toĀ tagĀ longĀ fragments.Ā ThisĀ designĀ allowsĀ forĀ aĀ widerĀ rangeĀ ofĀ possibleĀ barcodesĀ byĀ allowingĀ combinatorialĀ barcodeĀ segmentsĀ toĀ beĀ generatedĀ byĀ ligatingĀ differentĀ barcodeĀ segmentsĀ togetherĀ toĀ formĀ theĀ fullĀ barcodeĀ segmentĀ orĀ byĀ usingĀ aĀ segmentĀ asĀ aĀ reagentĀ inĀ oligonucleotideĀ synthesis.Ā ThisĀ combinatorialĀ designĀ providesĀ aĀ largerĀ repertoireĀ ofĀ possibleĀ barcodesĀ whileĀ reducingĀ theĀ numberĀ ofĀ full-sizeĀ barcodesĀ thatĀ needĀ toĀ beĀ generated.Ā InĀ furtherĀ embodiments,Ā uniqueĀ identificationĀ ofĀ eachĀ longĀ fragmentĀ isĀ achievedĀ withĀ 8-12Ā baseĀ pairĀ (orĀ longer)Ā barcodes.
InĀ oneĀ embodiment,Ā twoĀ differentĀ barcodeĀ segmentsĀ areĀ used.Ā AĀ andĀ BĀ segmentsĀ areĀ easilyĀ beĀ modifiedĀ toĀ eachĀ containĀ aĀ differentĀ half-barcodeĀ sequenceĀ toĀ yieldĀ thousandsĀ ofĀ combinations.Ā InĀ aĀ furtherĀ embodiment,Ā theĀ barcodeĀ sequencesĀ areĀ incorporatedĀ onĀ theĀ sameĀ adapter.Ā ThisĀ canĀ beĀ achievedĀ byĀ breakingĀ theĀ BĀ adapterĀ intoĀ twoĀ parts,Ā eachĀ withĀ aĀ halfĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ separatedĀ byĀ aĀ commonĀ overlappingĀ sequenceĀ usedĀ forĀ ligation.Ā TheĀ twoĀ tagĀ componentsĀ haveĀ 4-6Ā basesĀ each.Ā AnĀ 8-baseĀ (2Ā xĀ 4Ā bases)Ā tagĀ setĀ isĀ capableĀ ofĀ uniquelyĀ taggingĀ 65,000Ā sequences.Ā BothĀ 2Ā xĀ 5Ā baseĀ andĀ 2Ā xĀ 6Ā baseĀ tagsĀ mayĀ includeĀ useĀ ofĀ degenerateĀ basesĀ (i.e.,Ā ā€œwild-cardsā€Ā )Ā toĀ achieveĀ optimalĀ decodingĀ efficiency.
InĀ furtherĀ embodiments,Ā uniqueĀ identificationĀ ofĀ eachĀ sequenceĀ isĀ achievedĀ withĀ 8-12Ā baseĀ pairĀ errorĀ correctingĀ barcodes.Ā BarcodesĀ mayĀ haveĀ aĀ length,Ā forĀ illustrationĀ andĀ notĀ limitation,Ā ofĀ fromĀ 5-20Ā informativeĀ bases,Ā usuallyĀ 8-16Ā informativeĀ bases.
4.Ā UMI
InĀ variousĀ embodiments,Ā uniqueĀ molecularĀ identifiersĀ (UMIs)Ā areĀ usedĀ toĀ distinguishĀ individualĀ DNAĀ moleculesĀ fromĀ oneĀ another.Ā ForĀ example,Ā UMIsĀ areĀ usedĀ toĀ distinguishĀ amongĀ theĀ captureĀ oligonucleotidesĀ thatĀ areĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ theĀ firstĀ beads.Ā TheĀ collectionĀ ofĀ adaptersĀ isĀ generated,Ā eachĀ havingĀ aĀ UMI,Ā andĀ thoseĀ adaptersĀ areĀ attachedĀ toĀ fragmentsĀ orĀ otherĀ sourceĀ DNAĀ moleculesĀ toĀ beĀ sequenced,Ā andĀ theĀ individualĀ sequencedĀ moleculesĀ eachĀ hasĀ aĀ UMIĀ thatĀ helpsĀ distinguishĀ itĀ fromĀ allĀ otherĀ fragments.Ā InĀ suchĀ implementations,Ā aĀ veryĀ largeĀ numberĀ ofĀ differentĀ UMIsĀ (e.g.,Ā manyĀ thousandsĀ toĀ millions)Ā mayĀ beĀ usedĀ toĀ uniquelyĀ identifyĀ DNAĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ aĀ sample.
TheĀ UMIĀ isĀ atĀ aĀ lengthĀ thatĀ isĀ sufficientĀ toĀ ensureĀ theĀ uniquenessĀ ofĀ eachĀ andĀ everyĀ sourceĀ DNAĀ molecule.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ uniqueĀ molecularĀ identifierĀ isĀ aboutĀ 3-12Ā nucleotidesĀ inĀ length,Ā orĀ 3-5Ā nucleotidesĀ inĀ length.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā eachĀ uniqueĀ molecularĀ identifierĀ isĀ aboutĀ 3-12Ā nucleotidesĀ inĀ length,Ā orĀ 3-5Ā nucleotidesĀ inĀ length.Ā Thus,Ā aĀ uniqueĀ molecularĀ identifierĀ canĀ beĀ 3,Ā 4,Ā 5,Ā 6,Ā 7,Ā 8,Ā 9,Ā 10,Ā 11,Ā 12,Ā 13,Ā 14,Ā 15,Ā 16,Ā 17,Ā 18,Ā orĀ moreĀ nucleotidesĀ inĀ length.
5.Ā BarcodedĀ beads
TheĀ beadsĀ areĀ barcodedĀ byĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotidesĀ inĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ immobilizedĀ thereon.Ā EachĀ beadĀ comprisesĀ multipleĀ b-BLAsĀ andĀ thusĀ multipleĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotides.Ā EachĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ comprisesĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ barcode.Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotidesĀ onĀ theĀ sameĀ beadĀ shareĀ theĀ sameĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ andĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotidesĀ onĀ differentĀ beadsĀ haveĀ differentĀ barcodeĀ sequences.Ā AsĀ such,Ā eachĀ beadĀ carriesĀ manyĀ copiesĀ ofĀ aĀ uniqueĀ barcodeĀ sequence,Ā whichĀ canĀ beĀ transferredĀ toĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ usingĀ methodsĀ asĀ describedĀ above.
The beads used may have a diameter in the range of 1-20 um, alternatively 2-8 um, 3-6 um or 1-3 um, e.g., about 2.8 μm. For example, the spacing of barcoded oligonucleotides on  the beads is can at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6 or at least 7 nm. In come embodiments the spacing is less than 10nm (e.g., 5-10nm) , less than 15nm, less than 20nm, less than 30 nm, less than 40 nm, or less than 50 nm. In some embodiments, the number of different barcodes used per mixture may be >1M, >10M, >30M, >100M, >300M, or >1B. As discussed below, a very large number of barcodes may be produced for use in the invention, e.g., using methods described herein. In some embodiments, the number of different barcodes are used per mixture may be >1M, >10M, >30M, >100M, >300M, or >1B and they are sampled from a pool of at least 10-fold greater diversity (e.g. from >10M, >0.1B, 0.3B, >0.5B, >1B, >3B, >10B different barcodes on beads. ) In some embodiments, the number of barcodes per bead is between 100k to 10M, e.g., between 200k and 1M, between 300k and 800k, or about 400k.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ barcodeĀ regionĀ isĀ aboutĀ 3-15Ā nucleotidesĀ inĀ length,Ā e.g.,Ā 5-12,Ā 8-12,Ā orĀ 10Ā nucleotidesĀ inĀ length.Ā InĀ someĀ cases,Ā eachĀ barcodeĀ ofĀ theĀ barcodeĀ regionĀ isĀ aboutĀ 3-12Ā nucleotidesĀ inĀ length,Ā orĀ 3-5Ā nucleotidesĀ inĀ length.Ā Thus,Ā aĀ barcode,Ā whetherĀ sampleĀ barcode,Ā cellĀ barcodeĀ orĀ otherĀ barcodeĀ canĀ beĀ 3,Ā 4,Ā 5,Ā 6,Ā 7,Ā 8,Ā 9,Ā 10,Ā 11,Ā 12,Ā 13,Ā 14,Ā 15Ā orĀ moreĀ nucleotidesĀ inĀ length.Ā InĀ oneĀ particularĀ example,Ā eachĀ barcodeĀ regionĀ comprisesĀ threeĀ barcodes,Ā eachĀ consistingĀ ofĀ 10Ā bases,Ā andĀ theĀ threeĀ barcodesĀ areĀ separatedĀ byĀ 6Ā basesĀ ofĀ commonĀ sequence.
BarcodesĀ beadsĀ areĀ transferredĀ toĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ sequence.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ transferĀ occurredĀ atĀ regularĀ intervalsĀ throughĀ ligationĀ ofĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ adapterĀ oligonucleotideĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ createdĀ byĀ nickingĀ andĀ theĀ gappingĀ asĀ disclosed.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā theĀ barcodedĀ beadsĀ areĀ constructedĀ throughĀ aĀ splitĀ andĀ poolĀ ligation-basedĀ strategyĀ usingĀ threeĀ setsĀ ofĀ double-strandedĀ barcodeĀ DNAĀ molecules.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā eachĀ setĀ ofĀ double-strandedĀ barcodeĀ DNAĀ moleculesĀ consistsĀ ofĀ 10Ā baseĀ pairsĀ andĀ theĀ threeĀ setsĀ areĀ differentĀ inĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ sequence.Ā AnĀ exemplaryĀ methodĀ ofĀ theĀ splitĀ andĀ poolĀ ligationĀ toĀ produceĀ theĀ barcodedĀ beadsĀ isĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ PCTĀ Pub.Ā No.Ā WOĀ 2019/217452,Ā theĀ disclosureĀ ofĀ whichĀ isĀ hereinĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ referenceĀ inĀ itsĀ entirety.Ā FiguresĀ 12Ā andĀ 13Ā ofĀ WOĀ 2019/217452Ā alsoĀ illustrateĀ theĀ methodologyĀ ofĀ theĀ splitĀ andĀ poolĀ method.Ā InĀ oneĀ approach,Ā aĀ commonĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ comprisingĀ aĀ PCRĀ primerĀ annealingĀ siteĀ wasĀ attachedĀ toĀ Dynabeads TMĀ M-280Ā StreptavidinĀ (ThermoFisher,Ā Waltham,Ā MA)Ā magneticĀ beadsĀ withĀ aĀ 5’ dual-biotinĀ linker.Ā  ThreeĀ setsĀ 1,Ā 536Ā ofĀ barcodeĀ oligosĀ containingĀ regionsĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ sequenceĀ wereĀ constructedĀ byĀ IntegratedĀ DNAĀ TechnologiesĀ (Coralville,Ā IA)Ā .Ā LigationsĀ wereĀ performedĀ inĀ 384Ā wellĀ platesĀ inĀ aĀ 15 μLĀ reactionĀ containingĀ 50Ā mMĀ Tris-HClĀ (pHĀ 7.5)Ā ,Ā 10Ā mMĀ MgCl 2,Ā 1Ā mMĀ ATP,Ā 2.5%PEG-8000,Ā 571Ā unitsĀ T4Ā ligase,Ā 580Ā pmolĀ ofĀ barcodeĀ oligo,Ā andĀ 65Ā millionĀ M-280Ā beads.Ā LigationĀ reactionsĀ wereĀ incubatedĀ forĀ 1Ā hourĀ atĀ roomĀ temperatureĀ onĀ aĀ rotator.Ā BetweenĀ ligationsĀ beadsĀ wereĀ pooledĀ intoĀ aĀ singleĀ vesselĀ throughĀ centrifugation,Ā collectedĀ toĀ theĀ sideĀ ofĀ theĀ vesselĀ usingĀ magnet,Ā andĀ washedĀ onceĀ withĀ highĀ saltĀ washĀ bufferĀ (50Ā mMĀ Tris-HClĀ (pHĀ 7.5)Ā ,Ā 500Ā mMĀ NaCl,Ā 0.1Ā mMĀ EDTA,Ā andĀ 0.05%TweenĀ 20)Ā andĀ twiceĀ withĀ lowĀ saltĀ washĀ bufferĀ (50Ā mMĀ Tris-HClĀ (pHĀ 7.5)Ā ,Ā 150Ā mMĀ NaCl,Ā andĀ 0.05%TweenĀ 20)Ā .Ā BeadsĀ wereĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ 1XĀ ligationĀ bufferĀ andĀ distributedĀ acrossĀ 384Ā wellsĀ platesĀ andĀ theĀ ligationĀ stepsĀ wereĀ repeated.
InĀ oneĀ aspectĀ theĀ inventionĀ providesĀ aĀ compositionĀ comprisingĀ beadsĀ withĀ adapterĀ oligonucleotidesĀ comprisingĀ clonalĀ barcodesĀ attached,Ā whereĀ theĀ compositionĀ comprisesĀ moreĀ thanĀ 3Ā billionĀ differentĀ barcodesĀ andĀ whereĀ theĀ barcodesĀ areĀ tripartateĀ barcodesĀ withĀ theĀ structureĀ 5’-CS1-BC1-CS2-BC2-CS3-BC3-CS4.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ CS1Ā andĀ CS4Ā areĀ lonerĀ thanĀ CS2Ā andĀ CS3.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ CS2Ā andĀ CS3Ā areĀ 4-20Ā bases,Ā CS1Ā andĀ CS4Ā areĀ 5Ā orĀ 10Ā toĀ 40Ā bases,Ā e.g.,Ā 20-30,Ā andĀ theĀ BCĀ sequencesĀ areĀ 4-20Ā basesĀ (e.g.,Ā 10Ā bases)Ā inĀ length.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ CS4Ā isĀ complementaryĀ toĀ aĀ splintĀ oligonucleotide.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ theĀ compositionĀ comprisesĀ bridgeĀ oligonucleotides.Ā InĀ someĀ embodimentsĀ theĀ compositionĀ comprisesĀ bridgeĀ oligonucleotides,Ā beadsĀ comprisingĀ aĀ tripartateĀ barcodeĀ asĀ discussedĀ above,Ā andĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ comprisingĀ hybridizationĀ sequencesĀ withĀ aĀ regionĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ bridgeĀ oligonucleotides.
AnotherĀ sourceĀ ofĀ clonalĀ barcodesĀ suchĀ asĀ aĀ beadĀ orĀ otherĀ supportĀ associatedĀ withĀ multipleĀ copiesĀ ofĀ tagsĀ canĀ beĀ preparedĀ byĀ emulsionĀ PCRĀ orĀ CPGĀ (controlled-poreĀ glass)Ā orĀ chemicalĀ synthesisĀ otherĀ particlesĀ withĀ copiesĀ ofĀ anĀ adapted-barcodeĀ preparedĀ by.Ā AĀ populationĀ ofĀ tag-containingĀ DNAĀ sequencesĀ canĀ beĀ PCRĀ amplifiedĀ onĀ beadsĀ inĀ aĀ water-in-oilĀ (w/o)Ā emulsionĀ byĀ knownĀ methods.Ā See,Ā e.g.,Ā TawfikĀ andĀ GriffithsĀ NatureĀ BiotechnologyĀ 16:Ā 652–656Ā (1998)Ā ;Ā DressmanĀ etĀ al.,Ā Proc.Ā Natl.Ā Acad.Ā Sci.Ā USAĀ 100:Ā 8817-8820,Ā 2003;Ā andĀ ShendureĀ etĀ al.,Ā ScienceĀ 309:Ā 1728-1732Ā (2005)Ā .Ā ThisĀ resultsĀ inĀ manyĀ copiesĀ ofĀ eachĀ singleĀ tag-containingĀ sequenceĀ onĀ eachĀ bead.
AnotherĀ methodĀ forĀ makingĀ aĀ sourceĀ ofĀ clonalĀ barcodesĀ isĀ byĀ oligonucleotideĀ synthesisĀ onĀ micro-beadsĀ orĀ CPGĀ inĀ aĀ "mixĀ andĀ divide"Ā combinatorialĀ process.Ā UsingĀ thisĀ processĀ oneĀ canĀ createĀ aĀ setĀ ofĀ beadsĀ eachĀ havingĀ populationĀ ofĀ copiesĀ ofĀ aĀ barcode.Ā ForĀ example,Ā toĀ makeĀ allĀ B 20N 15B 20Ā whereĀ eachĀ ofĀ aboutĀ 1Ā billionĀ isĀ representedĀ inĀ ļ½ž1000+Ā copiesĀ onĀ eachĀ ofĀ 100Ā beads,Ā onĀ average,Ā oneĀ canĀ startĀ withĀ ļ½ž100Ā billionĀ beads,Ā synthesizeĀ B 20Ā commonĀ sequenceĀ (adapter)Ā onĀ allĀ ofĀ themĀ andĀ thenĀ splitĀ themĀ inĀ 1024Ā synthesisĀ columnsĀ toĀ makeĀ aĀ differentĀ 5-merĀ inĀ each,Ā thenĀ mixĀ themĀ andĀ thenĀ splitĀ themĀ againĀ inĀ 1024Ā columnsĀ andĀ makeĀ additionalĀ 5-mer,Ā andĀ thenĀ repeatĀ thatĀ onceĀ againĀ toĀ completeĀ N15,Ā andĀ thenĀ mixĀ themĀ andĀ inĀ oneĀ bigĀ columnĀ synthesizeĀ theĀ lastĀ B 20Ā asĀ aĀ secondĀ adapter.Ā Thus,Ā inĀ 3050Ā synthesesĀ oneĀ canĀ makeĀ theĀ sameĀ "clonal-like"Ā setsĀ ofĀ barcodesĀ asĀ inĀ oneĀ bigĀ emulationĀ PCRĀ reactionĀ withĀ ļ½ž1000Ā billionĀ beadsĀ (1 12Ā beads)Ā becauseĀ onlyĀ 1Ā inĀ 10Ā beadsĀ willĀ haveĀ aĀ startingĀ templateĀ (theĀ otherĀ 9Ā wouldĀ haveĀ none)Ā toĀ preventĀ havingĀ twoĀ templatesĀ withĀ differentĀ barcodeĀ perĀ bead.
AnĀ exemplaryĀ processĀ forĀ theĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ assemblyĀ isĀ describedĀ inĀ PCTĀ Pub.Ā No.Ā WOĀ 2019/217452Ā andĀ theĀ disclosureĀ ofĀ whichĀ isĀ hereinĀ incorporatedĀ byĀ reference.
6.Ā Immobilization
PolynucleotidesĀ canĀ beĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ substrateĀ (e.g.,Ā theĀ beads)Ā byĀ aĀ varietyĀ ofĀ techniques,Ā includingĀ covalentĀ andĀ non-covalentĀ attachment.Ā PolynucleotidesĀ canĀ beĀ immobilizedĀ toĀ aĀ substrateĀ byĀ aĀ varietyĀ ofĀ techniques.Ā InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ polynucleotideĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ aĀ substrateĀ (e.g.,Ā aĀ bead)Ā ,Ā thatĀ is,Ā oneĀ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ polynucleotideĀ directlyĀ contactsĀ orĀ isĀ linkedĀ toĀ theĀ substrate.Ā ForĀ example,Ā aĀ surfaceĀ mayĀ haveĀ reactiveĀ functionalitiesĀ thatĀ reactĀ withĀ complementaryĀ functionalitiesĀ onĀ theĀ polynucleotideĀ moleculesĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ covalentĀ linkage.Ā LongĀ DNAĀ molecules,Ā e.g.,Ā severalĀ nucleotidesĀ orĀ larger,Ā mayĀ alsoĀ beĀ efficientlyĀ attachedĀ toĀ hydrophobicĀ surfaces,Ā suchĀ asĀ aĀ cleanĀ glassĀ surfaceĀ thatĀ hasĀ aĀ lowĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ variousĀ reactiveĀ functionalities,Ā suchĀ asĀ -OHĀ groups.Ā InĀ stillĀ anotherĀ embodiment,Ā polynucleotideĀ moleculesĀ canĀ beĀ adsorbedĀ toĀ aĀ surfaceĀ throughĀ non-specificĀ interactionsĀ withĀ theĀ surface,Ā orĀ throughĀ non-covalentĀ interactionsĀ suchĀ asĀ hydrogenĀ bonding,Ā vanĀ derĀ WaalsĀ forces,Ā andĀ theĀ like.
InĀ someĀ embodiments,Ā aĀ polynucleotideĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ toĀ aĀ surfaceĀ throughĀ hybridizingĀ toĀ aĀ captureĀ oligonucleotideĀ onĀ theĀ surfaceĀ andĀ formingĀ complexes,Ā e.g.,Ā double- strandedĀ duplexesĀ orĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ duplexes,Ā withĀ componentĀ ofĀ theĀ captureĀ oligonucleotide.
7.Ā ReactionĀ mixture
ProvidedĀ hereinĀ isĀ aĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ comprisingĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agents,Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ ligases,Ā aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ beads,Ā aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks.Ā EachĀ beadĀ comprisesĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ immobilizedĀ thereon.Ā EachĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotide.Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ andĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,Ā whileĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead.Ā EachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ beadsĀ comprisesĀ aĀ uniqueĀ barcodeĀ sequence,Ā thatĀ is,Ā branchĀ ligationĀ adaptersĀ onĀ theĀ sameĀ beadĀ shareĀ theĀ sameĀ barcodeĀ sequenceĀ andĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adaptersĀ onĀ differentĀ beadsĀ haveĀ differentĀ barcodeĀ sequences.
TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ toĀ formĀ aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ moleculeĀ comprisingĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ andĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ region.Ā TheĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisesĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ havingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminus,Ā andĀ sadĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ aĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment.
ExemplaryĀ embodiments
TheĀ followingĀ areĀ non-limitingĀ exemplaryĀ embodimentsĀ ofĀ theĀ methodsĀ andĀ compositionsĀ disclosedĀ herein.
EmbodimentĀ 1.Ā AĀ methodĀ forĀ preparingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ adapteredĀ polynucleotidesĀ forĀ sequencing,Ā comprising,Ā inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture:Ā (a)Ā contactingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks;Ā (b)Ā providingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ beadsĀ eachĀ comprisingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adaptersĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ beadsĀ (b-BLAs)Ā andĀ providingĀ populationĀ ofĀ L-adaptersĀ withĀ aĀ degenerateĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ andĀ (c)Ā contactingĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ withĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligase,Ā wherebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,Ā (d)Ā contactĀ theĀ populationĀ ofĀ L- adaptersĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligaseĀ therebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ L-adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,Ā therebyĀ obtainingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ b-BLAĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotide,Ā whichĀ comprisesĀ aĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ sequence,Ā andĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ thatĀ isĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotide,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ LĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ anĀ L-adapterĀ sequence.Ā Optionally,Ā theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ aĀ blockerĀ nucleotide.
EmbodimentĀ 2.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.
EmbodimentĀ 3.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ BLAĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ comprisingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ oneĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ complementaryĀ strandĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcodeĀ sequence,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ strandĀ inĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ viaĀ branchĀ ligation.
EmbodimentĀ 4.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ anĀ enzymeĀ toĀ theĀ reaction,Ā whereinĀ theĀ enzymeĀ degradesĀ excessĀ b-BLAsĀ beforeĀ ligatingĀ theĀ L-adapter.
EmbodimentĀ 5.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ comprisesĀ 1-10Ā degeneratedĀ basesĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus.
EmbodimentĀ 6.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ isĀ inĀ solution,Ā whereinĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,Ā andĀ whereinĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead.
EmbodimentĀ 7.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 5,Ā whereinĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ comprisesĀ uracil,Ā whichĀ canĀ beĀ removedĀ toĀ releaseĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ fromĀ theĀ bead.
EmbodimentĀ 8.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 5,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ beadĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ thereonĀ withĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ b-BLAsĀ andĀ theĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ b-BLAsĀ hasĀ theĀ sameĀ barcodeĀ sequence.
EmbodimentĀ 9.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ extendingĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ thatĀ areĀ ligatedĀ withĀ bothĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ andĀ L-adapterĀ toĀ produceĀ anĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,Ā whereinĀ theĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ comprisesĀ aĀ copyĀ ofĀ theĀ barcode.
EmbodimentĀ 10.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 8,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ circularizingĀ theĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment.
EmbodimentĀ 11.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 5,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ comprisesĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ beads,Ā eachĀ comprisingĀ aĀ uniqueĀ barcodeĀ sequence.
EmbodimentĀ 12.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ region,Ā orĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotide,Ā isĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotide.
EmbodimentĀ 13.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ averageĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ isĀ betweenĀ 200Ā nucleotidesĀ andĀ 10000Ā nucleotides.
EmbodimentĀ 14.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodiment,Ā whereinĀ greaterĀ thanĀ 50%ofĀ theĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ createdĀ inĀ stepĀ (a)Ā isĀ closedĀ byĀ ligationĀ inĀ stepĀ (b)Ā .
EmbodimentĀ 15.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ isĀ selectedĀ fromĀ theĀ groupĀ consistingĀ ofĀ aĀ non-specificĀ nickingĀ nuclease,Ā aĀ site-specificĀ nickingĀ nuclease,Ā andĀ aĀ chemicalĀ nickingĀ agent.
EmbodimentĀ 16.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ non-specificĀ nickaseĀ isĀ selectedĀ fromĀ theĀ groupĀ consistingĀ ofĀ aĀ Vvn,Ā aĀ ShrimpĀ dsDNAĀ specificĀ endonuclease,Ā andĀ aĀ DNAseĀ I.
EmbodimentĀ 17.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā theĀ ligaseĀ isĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligase.
EmbodimentĀ 18.Ā AĀ methodĀ forĀ preparingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ polynucleotidesĀ forĀ sequencingĀ comprisesĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture:
(a)Ā contactingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ toĀ produceĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks;Ā and
(b)Ā contactingĀ aĀ beadĀ comprisingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ withĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligase,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ comprisingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ oneĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ complementaryĀ strandĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ thatĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ bead,Ā whereinĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcode,Ā therebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ strandĀ inĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ usingĀ aĀ DNAĀ ligaseĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā whereinĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ theĀ barcodeĀ andĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,
(c)Ā denaturingĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā and
(d)Ā performingĀ aĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ ofĀ aĀ primerĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ isĀ 3’ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ inĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ partiallyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ ligationĀ firstĀ adapter.
EmbodimentĀ 19.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 18,Ā whereinĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ remainsĀ unligated,Ā whereinĀ performingĀ theĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ comprisesĀ hybridizingĀ theĀ primerĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ isĀ 3’ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ inĀ bothĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ theĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ partiallyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ aĀ fullyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ mixtureĀ comprising:Ā aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisingĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā whereinĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ shorterĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ longerĀ strand,Ā andĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisingĀ theĀ unligatedĀ adapters.
EmbodimentĀ 20.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 19,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ thatĀ hasĀ doubleĀ strandĀ DNAĀ exonucleaseĀ activity,Ā therebyĀ theĀ exonucleaseĀ degradesĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ molecule.
EmbodimentĀ 21.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 19,Ā whereinĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ hairpinĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ mixtureĀ inĀ stepĀ (d)Ā underĀ ligation-permissibleĀ conditionsĀ therebyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ oneĀ hairpinĀ adapterĀ andĀ whereinĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ remainĀ unligatedĀ toĀ theĀ hairpinĀ adapter.
EmbodimentĀ 22.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 21Ā orĀ embodimentĀ 20,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprises:Ā (e)Ā extendingĀ theĀ shorterĀ strandĀ inĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ strandĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ inĀ theĀ longerĀ strand,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ strand,Ā andĀ (f)Ā ligatingĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ strand.
EmbodimentĀ 23.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 22,Ā whereinĀ extendingĀ theĀ shorterĀ strandĀ inĀ stepĀ (e)Ā isĀ performedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ extendibleĀ nucleotidesĀ andĀ nucleotidesĀ havingĀ 3’ reversibleĀ blockingĀ groups,Ā whereinĀ theĀ ligatingĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ inĀ stepĀ (f)Ā isĀ performedĀ afterĀ removalĀ ofĀ theĀ 3’ blockingĀ groups.
EmbodimentĀ 24.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 23,Ā whereinĀ theĀ nucleotidesĀ havingĀ 3’ reversibleĀ blockingĀ groupsĀ areĀ addedĀ duringĀ differentĀ cycles.
EmbodimentĀ 25.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 23,Ā whereinĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ aĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ (BLA)Ā .
EmbodimentĀ 26.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 23,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ extendingĀ theĀ ligatedĀ secondĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ withĀ aĀ strandĀ displacementĀ polymerase.
EmbodimentĀ 27.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ anyĀ ofĀ embodimentsĀ 1-26Ā ,Ā whereinĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ isĀ boundĀ toĀ theĀ beadĀ beforeĀ theĀ stepĀ (a)Ā andĀ stepĀ (b)Ā .
EmbodimentĀ 28.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 27,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ comprisesĀ incubatingĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ theĀ beadĀ forĀ aĀ periodĀ ofĀ 0-30Ā minutesĀ beforeĀ theĀ nickingĀ inĀ stepĀ (a)Ā .
EmbodimentĀ 29.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 28,Ā whereinĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ isĀ incubatedĀ withĀ theĀ beadĀ inĀ aĀ bufferĀ comprisingĀ 3-12%PEG.
EmbodimentĀ 30.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ anyĀ ofĀ embodimentsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ pHĀ ofĀ theĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ isĀ 7-9.
EmbodimentĀ 31.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ anyĀ ofĀ embodimentsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ theĀ stepĀ (a)Ā occursĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ theĀ ligase.
EmbodimentĀ 32.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ anyĀ ofĀ embodimentsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ andĀ ligasesĀ areĀ chosenĀ suchĀ thatĀ theĀ rateĀ ofĀ ligatingĀ isĀ higherĀ thanĀ theĀ rateĀ ofĀ nicking.
EmbodimentĀ 33.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ afterĀ stepĀ (b)Ā removingĀ aĀ DNAĀ strandĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ thatĀ isĀ notĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ byĀ denaturingĀ theĀ reactionĀ mixture.
EmbodimentĀ 34.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ anyĀ ofĀ embodimentsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ stepĀ (a)Ā furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ toĀ theĀ singleĀ reactionĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ toĀ increaseĀ theĀ gapĀ ofĀ theĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks.
EmbodimentĀ 35.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 34,Ā whereinĀ theĀ increasedĀ gapsĀ haveĀ lengthsĀ ofĀ 1-30Ā basesĀ inĀ theĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks.
EmbodimentĀ 36.Ā AĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ comprisingĀ (1)Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agents,Ā (2)Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ ligases,Ā andĀ (3)Ā aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks,Ā andĀ (4)Ā aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ branchĀ adapterĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ eachĀ otherĀ toĀ formĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ molecule,Ā whereinĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ aĀ beadĀ andĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcode,Ā whereinĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,Ā whereinĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ moleculeĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ havingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ theĀ barcodeĀ andĀ havingĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ end,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.
EmbodimentĀ 37.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 36,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ anĀ L-adapter.
EmbodimentĀ 38.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 37,Ā whereinĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ comprisesĀ 1-10Ā degenerateĀ basesĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus.
EmbodimentĀ 39.Ā AĀ methodĀ forĀ preparingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ polynucleotidesĀ forĀ sequencingĀ comprisesĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture:
(a)Ā contactingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks;Ā and
(b)Ā contactingĀ aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ withĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligase,
whereinĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ havingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcode,
therebyĀ joiningĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ usingĀ aĀ DNAĀ ligaseĀ viaĀ 3’ branchĀ ligation.
(c)Ā contactingĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ oppositeĀ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,
whereinĀ ligatingĀ theĀ firstĀ andĀ secondĀ adaptersĀ occurĀ inĀ theĀ singleĀ reaction.
EmbodimentĀ 40.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 39.,Ā whereinĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ anĀ L-adapter,Ā whereinĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ comprisesĀ aĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ thatĀ hybridizeĀ toĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ ofĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acid,Ā and
whereinĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ LĀ adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.
EmbodimentĀ 41.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 39.,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ anĀ enzymeĀ toĀ theĀ reaction,Ā whereinĀ theĀ enzymeĀ degradesĀ excessĀ firstĀ adapterĀ beforeĀ ligatingĀ theĀ secondĀ adapter.
EmbodimentĀ 42.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 39.,Ā whereinĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ 1-10Ā degeneratedĀ basesĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus.
EmbodimentĀ 43.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 39.,Ā theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ extendingĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ thatĀ areĀ joinedĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ bothĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ andĀ secondĀ adapterĀ toĀ produceĀ anĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,Ā whereinĀ theĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ comprisesĀ aĀ copyĀ ofĀ theĀ barcode.
EmbodimentĀ 44.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 39.,Ā whereinĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ beadĀ viaĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ theĀ barcode,Ā andĀ whereinĀ theĀ beadĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ withĀ multipleĀ copiesĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adapters,Ā eachĀ comprisingĀ theĀ sameĀ barcodeĀ sequence.
EmbodimentĀ 45.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 39.,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ isĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotide.
EmbodimentĀ 46.Ā AĀ methodĀ forĀ preparingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ polynucleotidesĀ forĀ sequencingĀ comprisesĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture:Ā (a)Ā contactingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ toĀ produceĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks;Ā andĀ (b)Ā contactingĀ aĀ beadĀ comprisingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ withĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligase,
whereinĀ eachĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ havingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ thatĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ bead,Ā whereinĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcode,
therebyĀ joiningĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ usingĀ aĀ DNAĀ ligaseĀ viaĀ 3’ branchĀ ligationĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,
whereinĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ theĀ barcodeĀ andĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,
whereinĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ remainsĀ asĀ anĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,
(c)Ā denaturingĀ theĀ reactionĀ mixture,Ā whereinĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ areĀ inĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ form,
(d)Ā performingĀ aĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ ofĀ aĀ primerĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ isĀ 3’ himĀ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ (i)Ā inĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ (ii)Ā inĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ partiallyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ ligationĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ aĀ fullyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ firstĀ mixtureĀ comprising:Ā aĀ partiallyĀ doubleĀ strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisingĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā andĀ theĀ doubleĀ strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisingĀ theĀ unligatedĀ adapters.
EmbodimentĀ 47.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 46,Ā whereinĀ theĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ isĀ performedĀ withĀ aĀ TagĀ polymerase,Ā andĀ whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ hairpinĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ firstĀ mixtureĀ inĀ stepĀ (d)Ā underĀ permissibleĀ conditionsĀ forĀ ligatingĀ theĀ hairpinĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ doubleĀ strandedĀ molecule,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ secondĀ mixtureĀ comprising:Ā aĀ doubleĀ strandedĀ moleculeĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ hairpinĀ adapter,Ā andĀ aĀ partiallyĀ doubleĀ strandedĀ moleculeĀ thatĀ isĀ notĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ hairpinĀ adapter.
EmbodimentĀ 48.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ embodimentĀ 46,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ thatĀ hasĀ doubleĀ strandĀ DNAĀ exonucleaseĀ activity,Ā therebyĀ theĀ exonucleaseĀ degradesĀ theĀ doubleĀ strandedĀ molecule.
EmbodimentĀ 49.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ clamĀ 47Ā ofĀ embodimentĀ 48,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ (e)Ā extendingĀ theĀ partiallyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ toĀ incorporateĀ theĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ product,Ā andĀ (f)Ā ligatingĀ aĀ secondĀ branchĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ terminusĀ ofĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ product.
EmbodimentĀ 50.Ā TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ anyĀ ofĀ theĀ embodimentsĀ above,Ā whereinĀ (1)Ā nickingĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ andĀ ligatingĀ bothĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ andĀ theĀ L-adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ lastĀ atĀ leastĀ 30Ā minutes,Ā orĀ whereinĀ nickingĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ andĀ ligatingĀ theĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ lastĀ atĀ leastĀ 30Ā minutes.
***
WhileĀ thisĀ inventionĀ hasĀ beenĀ disclosedĀ withĀ referenceĀ toĀ specificĀ aspectsĀ andĀ embodiments,Ā itĀ isĀ apparentĀ thatĀ otherĀ embodimentsĀ andĀ variationsĀ ofĀ thisĀ inventionĀ mayĀ beĀ devisedĀ byĀ othersĀ skilledĀ inĀ theĀ artĀ withoutĀ departingĀ fromĀ theĀ trueĀ spiritĀ andĀ scopeĀ ofĀ theĀ invention.
EachĀ andĀ everyĀ publicationĀ andĀ patentĀ documentĀ citedĀ inĀ thisĀ disclosureĀ isĀ incorporatedĀ hereinĀ byĀ referenceĀ asĀ ifĀ eachĀ suchĀ publicationĀ orĀ documentĀ wasĀ specificallyĀ andĀ individuallyĀ indicatedĀ toĀ beĀ incorporatedĀ hereinĀ byĀ reference.Ā CitationĀ ofĀ publicationsĀ andĀ patentĀ documentsĀ isĀ notĀ intendedĀ asĀ anĀ indicationĀ thatĀ anyĀ suchĀ documentĀ isĀ pertinentĀ priorĀ art,Ā norĀ doesĀ itĀ constituteĀ anĀ admissionĀ asĀ toĀ itsĀ contentsĀ orĀ date.
Examples
TheĀ followingĀ examplesĀ areĀ providedĀ toĀ illustrateĀ butĀ notĀ toĀ limitĀ theĀ embodimentsĀ disclosedĀ inĀ thisĀ application.
ExampleĀ 1Ā NickĀ ligationĀ protocolĀ usingĀ Segmentase
1.Ā Pre-bindingĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ toĀ beads
BarcodedĀ beadĀ stockĀ solutionsĀ containingĀ 1Ā millionĀ beadsĀ perĀ microliter.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ immobilizedĀ withĀ branchĀ adaptersĀ comprisingĀ barcodeĀ sequencesĀ usingĀ methodsĀ describedĀ inĀ Cheng,Ā etĀ al.Ā 2018,Ā AĀ simpleĀ bead-basedĀ methodĀ forĀ generatingĀ cost-effectiveĀ co-barcodedĀ sequenceĀ reads.Ā ProtocolĀ Exchange,Ā availableĀ atĀ https:Ā //doi.Ā org/10.1038/protex.Ā 2018.116;Ā Wang,Ā etĀ al.Ā GenomeĀ Res.Ā 2019Ā May;Ā 29Ā (5)Ā :Ā 798-808.Ā doi:Ā 10.1101/gr.Ā 245126.118.Ā EpubĀ AprlĀ 2.,Ā 2019)Ā wereĀ firstĀ washedĀ usingĀ LSWBĀ bufferĀ (LowĀ SaltĀ WashĀ Buffer:Ā 0.05Ā MĀ Tris-HClĀ pHĀ 7.5,Ā 0.15Ā MĀ NaCl,Ā andĀ 0.05%TweenĀ 20)Ā twice,Ā andĀ thenĀ withĀ 1XĀ HBĀ bufferĀ (3XĀ HBĀ bufferĀ compriseĀ 30%PEG8000,Ā 150Ā mMĀ Tris-HClĀ pHĀ 7.8,Ā 30Ā mMĀ MgCl2,Ā 3Ā mMĀ ATP,Ā andĀ 0.15Ā mg/mLĀ BSA,Ā pHĀ 8.3)Ā once.
TheĀ branchĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ annealedĀ toĀ eachĀ other.Ā TheĀ 5-terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ hasĀ aĀ phosphateĀ group,Ā andĀ theĀ 3-terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ nucleotide.Ā TheĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ hasĀ aĀ sequenceĀ of:
/5Phos/GTGCACT*GA*CG*AC*ATGATCACCAAGGATCGCCATAGTCCATGCTAĀ [BarcodeĀ ]Ā GGAAGGĀ [Barcode]Ā CGCAGAĀ [Barcode]Ā CCAGAGCAACTCCTTGGCTCACAUAAAAAAAAAĀ AAAAAA/3BioTEG/Ā (eachĀ *representĀ aĀ phosphothiolateĀ bond,Ā whichĀ areĀ resistantĀ toĀ nucleases)
TheĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ hasĀ aĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ G*TC*GT*CIGTGC*A*/3ddC/,Ā inĀ whichĀ 3ddCĀ representsĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ cytosineĀ atĀ theĀ 3Ā prime.
20 μL 3xHB buffer and water were added to each sample containing about 1 ng genomic DNA, resulting a mixture with a total volume of 45 μL. 30 million beads prepared as above were added to each sample and incubated at room temperature for 15 minutes.
2.Ā IncubationĀ withĀ singleĀ strandedĀ bindingĀ proteinĀ (SSB)
TheĀ SSBĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ preparedĀ byĀ mixingĀ 4.75 μLĀ (7.5Ā ugĀ total)Ā ofĀ SSBĀ stockĀ solutionĀ (NovusĀ BiologicalsĀ #NBP2-35314-1mg)Ā inĀ 10.25 μLĀ 1xĀ HBĀ buffer.Ā TheĀ 15 μLĀ SSBĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ andĀ beadĀ mixtureĀ fromĀ theĀ previousĀ stepĀ andĀ incubatedĀ atĀ 37ā„ƒĀ forĀ 15Ā minutes.
3.Ā Nick-ligation
AnĀ L-oligo,Ā ligaseĀ (NEBĀ #M0202T)Ā ,Ā SegmentaseĀ workingĀ solutionsĀ (aĀ nickaseĀ includedĀ inĀ theĀ MGIEasyĀ FSĀ PCR-FreeĀ DNAĀ LibraryĀ PrepĀ Set-MGI-LeadingĀ LifeĀ ScienceĀ Innovation,Ā MGI,Ā ItemĀ numberĀ 1000013454Ā orĀ 1000013455)Ā ,Ā andĀ ExoĀ IIIĀ (NEBĀ #M0206S]Ā wereĀ preparedĀ byĀ dilutingĀ inĀ 1XĀ HBĀ (Ā ā€œDilutedĀ concentrationā€Ā )Ā accordingĀ toĀ theĀ TableĀ 2Ā below.Ā TheĀ L-oligoĀ hasĀ aĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ GAGACGTTCTCGACTCAGCAGANNNN*N*N*NĀ (NĀ representsĀ anyĀ oneĀ ofĀ A,Ā T,Ā C,Ā GĀ andĀ eachĀ *representĀ aĀ phosphothiolateĀ bond,Ā whichĀ areĀ resistantĀ toĀ nucleases)Ā .
TableĀ 2.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000002
The prepared L-oligo, ligase, Segmentase, and ExoIII working solutions were added to the 60 μL bead-gDNA mixture, each bead immobilized with branch adapters comprising barcodes, formed above on ice and mixed. The total volume of the reaction mixture was 75 μL. See Table 3.
TableĀ 3
L-oligo 3.0 μL
T4 Ligase 6.0 μL
Segmentase 3.0 μL
ExoIII 3.0 μL
mix 60.0 μL
total 75.0 μL
TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ subjectedĀ toĀ aĀ conditionĀ cyclingĀ betweenĀ 15ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ andĀ 37ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ forĀ aĀ totalĀ ofĀ 54Ā cycles.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ brieflyĀ spunĀ downĀ andĀ placedĀ onĀ aĀ magnetĀ forĀ 2Ā minutes.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ inĀ theĀ mixtureĀ wereĀ thenĀ washedĀ withĀ 40 μLĀ ofĀ 0.1Ā MĀ sodiumĀ hydroxide.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ washedĀ twiceĀ withĀ 100 μLĀ LSWB.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ 50 μLĀ LSWBĀ andĀ theĀ beadĀ suspensionĀ wasĀ keptĀ atĀ 4ā„ƒĀ beforeĀ theĀ PCRĀ amplification,Ā whichĀ isĀ furtherĀ describedĀ below.
4.Ā PCR
TheĀ LSWBĀ bufferĀ wasĀ removedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadsĀ suspensionĀ andĀ theĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ aĀ PCRĀ mixtureĀ containingĀ primersĀ PCR1Ā andĀ PCR2Ā (sequencesĀ below)Ā andĀ 2XĀ KAPAĀ HiFiĀ (RocheĀ #7958935001)Ā toĀ amplifyĀ productsĀ formedĀ inĀ theĀ nick-ligateĀ reaction.Ā AsĀ describedĀ inĀ TableĀ 4:
TableĀ 4
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000003
PCR1Ā TGTGAGCCAAGGAGTTGĀ (SEQĀ IDĀ NO:Ā 1)
PCR2Ā GCCTCCCTCGCGCCATCAGĀ (SEQĀ IDĀ NO:Ā 2)
PCRĀ cyclingĀ wasĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ conditionĀ inĀ TableĀ 5Ā below:
TableĀ 5.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000004
TheĀ PCRĀ productsĀ wereĀ thenĀ purifiedĀ usingĀ 0.8XĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beadsĀ (160 μL)Ā (BeckmanĀ CoulterĀ #A63881)Ā BeadsĀ wereĀ washedĀ onceĀ inĀ 200Ā ulĀ ofĀ 0.8XĀ AmpureĀ washĀ bufferĀ (mixĀ 800Ā ulĀ ofĀ freshĀ AmpureĀ beadsĀ andĀ 1Ā mlĀ ofĀ TE,Ā placeĀ beadsĀ onĀ magnet,Ā collectĀ supernatant,Ā thisĀ isĀ theĀ washĀ buffer)Ā .Ā TheĀ remainĀ stepsĀ wereĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ manufacturer’sĀ protocol.Ā TheĀ purifiedĀ productĀ wasĀ elutedĀ fromĀ theĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beadsĀ inĀ 60 μLĀ ofĀ TEĀ buffer.Ā AĀ secondĀ roundĀ ofĀ PCRĀ wasĀ performedĀ withĀ theĀ mixĀ andĀ cyclingĀ conditionsĀ inĀ TablesĀ 6Ā andĀ 7:
TableĀ 6.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000005
TableĀ 7.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000006
TheĀ PCRĀ productsĀ wereĀ againĀ purifiedĀ usingĀ 0.8XĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beadsĀ (320Ā ul)Ā usingĀ theĀ sameĀ stepsĀ asĀ aboveĀ andĀ elutedĀ inĀ 50Ā ulĀ ofĀ TE.Ā TheĀ purifiedĀ productsĀ wereĀ analyzedĀ byĀ electrophoresis.
ExampleĀ 2Ā EffectĀ ofĀ theĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ segmentaseĀ onĀ productĀ size
NickĀ ligationĀ reactionsĀ wereĀ performedĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1,Ā inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ differentĀ concentrationsĀ ofĀ SegmentaseĀ andĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligaseĀ asĀ shownĀ inĀ TableĀ 8.
TableĀ 8
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000007
TheĀ electrophoresisĀ resultsĀ ofĀ theĀ nick-ligateĀ productsĀ (afterĀ amplification)Ā areĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 12A.Ā TheĀ resultsĀ indicateĀ thatĀ increasingĀ amountsĀ ofĀ SegmentaseĀ resultedĀ inĀ progressivelyĀ shorterĀ averageĀ insertĀ sizesĀ whileĀ increasingĀ amountsĀ ofĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligaseĀ resultedĀ inĀ progressivelyĀ longerĀ averageĀ insertĀ sizes.Ā TheĀ productsĀ formedĀ inĀ theseĀ individualĀ reactionsĀ #1-#10Ā hadĀ lengthsĀ inĀ theĀ rangeĀ ofĀ 300bp-2kbĀ andĀ wereĀ suitableĀ forĀ sequencing.
ExampleĀ 3Ā NickĀ ligationĀ protocolĀ usingĀ Masterase
1.Ā Pre-bindingĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ toĀ beads
Pre-bindingĀ ofĀ genomciĀ DNAĀ toĀ beadsĀ immoblizedĀ withĀ branchĀ adaptersĀ wasĀ performedĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1.
2.Ā IncubationĀ withĀ singleĀ strandedĀ bindingĀ proteinĀ (SSB)
IncubationĀ ofĀ theĀ SSBĀ withĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ andĀ beadsĀ wereĀ performedĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1.
3.Ā Nick-ligation
L-oligoĀ (theĀ sameĀ sequenceĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1)Ā ,Ā ligaseĀ (NEBĀ #M0202T)Ā ,Ā MasteraseĀ (QiagenĀ #EN31-005)Ā ,Ā andĀ ExoĀ IIIĀ (NEBĀ #M0206S)Ā wereĀ dilutedĀ inĀ 1XĀ HBĀ (Ā ā€œDilutedĀ concentrationā€Ā )Ā separatelyĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ TableĀ 9Ā below:
TableĀ 9
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000008
L-oligo (the same as described in Example 1) , ligase, Segmentase, and ExoIII were added to the 55 μL bead-gDNA mixture formed above on ice and mixed. The total volume of the reaction was 75 μL. See Table 3 above.
TableĀ 3
L-oligo 3.0 μL
T4 Ligase 6.0 μL
Masterase 5.0 μL
ExoIII 6.0 μL
mix 55.0 μL
total 75.0 μL
TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ toĀ subjectingĀ theĀ reactionĀ toĀ aĀ conditionĀ cyclingĀ betweenĀ 10Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ andĀ 37Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ forĀ aĀ totalĀ ofĀ 54Ā cycles.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ brieflyĀ spunĀ downĀ andĀ placedĀ onĀ aĀ magnetĀ forĀ 2Ā minutes.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ inĀ theĀ mixtureĀ wereĀ thenĀ washedĀ withĀ 40 μLĀ ofĀ 0.1Ā MĀ sodiumĀ hydroxide.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ washedĀ twiceĀ withĀ 100 μLĀ LSWB.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ 50 μLĀ LSWBĀ andĀ theĀ beadĀ suspensionĀ wasĀ keptĀ atĀ 4ā„ƒĀ beforeĀ theĀ PCRĀ amplification,Ā whichĀ isĀ furtherĀ describedĀ below.
4.Ā PCR
TheĀ LSWBĀ bufferĀ wasĀ removedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadsĀ suspensionĀ andĀ theĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ aĀ PCRĀ mixtureĀ containingĀ primerĀ PCR1Ā (SEQĀ IDĀ NO:Ā 1)Ā andĀ 2XĀ KAPAĀ HiFiĀ (RocheĀ #7958935001)Ā .Ā AsĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ TableĀ 10Ā below:
TableĀ 10
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000009
PrimerĀ extensionĀ wasĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ conditionĀ inĀ TableĀ 5Ā above:
TheĀ primerĀ extensionĀ reactionĀ wasĀ placedĀ onĀ aĀ magneticĀ rackĀ forĀ 2Ā minutes.Ā TheĀ supernatantĀ wasĀ collectedĀ andĀ theĀ mixtureĀ comprisingĀ componentsĀ listedĀ inĀ TableĀ 11Ā wasĀ added:
TableĀ 11
PrimerĀ extn.Ā setĀ upĀ (onĀ ice)Ā 1x
PCR2Ā (20uM)Ā (SEQĀ IDĀ NO:Ā 2) 2.5 Ā 
2xĀ KAPAĀ HiFiĀ mix 0.5 Ā 
Total 3.0 ul
OneĀ cycleĀ ofĀ extensionĀ wasĀ performedĀ withĀ theĀ followingĀ cyclingĀ conditionsĀ shownĀ inĀ TableĀ 5.
ExoVIIĀ wasĀ addedĀ toĀ removeĀ anyĀ singleĀ strandedĀ artifactĀ productsĀ usingĀ theĀ mixĀ comprisingĀ theĀ componentsĀ belowĀ (TableĀ 12)Ā andĀ theĀ reactionĀ wasĀ thenĀ incubatedĀ forĀ 30Ā minutes.
TableĀ 12
PCRĀ extensionĀ productĀ volume 103.0 Ā 
0.4MĀ MgCl2 2.0 Ā 
ExoVII,Ā 0.5U/ul 2.0 Ā 
Total 107.0 ul
The extension products were then purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (85 μL) (Beckman Coulter #A63881) as described above. The purified products were eluted in 60 μL of  TE buffer. A final round of PCR was performed with the mix under cycling conditions shown in Table 5, except the PCR was performed for nine cycles.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000010
TheĀ PCRĀ productsĀ wereĀ againĀ purifiedĀ usingĀ 0.8XĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beadsĀ (320Ā ul)Ā usingĀ theĀ sameĀ stepsĀ asĀ aboveĀ andĀ elutedĀ inĀ 40Ā ulĀ ofĀ TE.Ā TheĀ purifiedĀ productsĀ wereĀ analyzedĀ byĀ electrophoresis.
ExampleĀ 4.Ā EffectĀ ofĀ theĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ masteraseĀ onĀ productĀ size
NickĀ ligationĀ reactionsĀ wereĀ performedĀ followingĀ theĀ protocolsĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 3Ā inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ differentĀ concentrationsĀ ofĀ MasteraseĀ andĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligase.Ā SeeĀ theĀ TableĀ 13Ā below.
TableĀ 13
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000011
TheĀ electrophoresisĀ resultsĀ ofĀ theĀ nickĀ ligationĀ productsĀ (afterĀ amplification)Ā areĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 12B.Ā TheĀ resultsĀ indicateĀ thatĀ increasingĀ amountsĀ ofĀ MasteraseĀ resultedĀ inĀ progressivelyĀ shorterĀ insertĀ lengths.Ā TheĀ productsĀ formedĀ inĀ reactionsĀ #1-#6Ā hadĀ lengthsĀ inĀ theĀ rangeĀ ofĀ 300bp-3kbĀ andĀ wereĀ suitableĀ forĀ sequencing.
ExampleĀ 5Ā TwoĀ roundsĀ ofĀ nickĀ ligationĀ usingĀ Segmentase
1.Ā Pre-bindingĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ toĀ beads
Pre-bindingĀ ofĀ genomciĀ DNAĀ toĀ beadsĀ immoblizedĀ withĀ branchĀ adaptersĀ wasĀ performedĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1.
2.Ā IncubationĀ withĀ singleĀ strandedĀ bidingĀ proteinĀ (SSB)
IncubationĀ ofĀ theĀ SSBĀ withĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ andĀ beadsĀ wereĀ performedĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1.
3.Ā Nick-ligation
L-oligoĀ (theĀ sameĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1)Ā ,Ā ligaseĀ (NEBĀ #M0202T)Ā ,Ā SegmentaseĀ (MGI)Ā ,Ā andĀ ExoĀ IIIĀ (NEBĀ #M0206S)Ā wereĀ dilutedĀ inĀ 1XĀ HBĀ (Ā ā€œDilutedĀ concentrationā€Ā )Ā separatelyĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ TableĀ 14Ā below,
TableĀ 14.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000012
The L-oligo (the same as described in Example 1) , ligase, Segmentase, and ExoIII were added to the 60 μL bead-gDNA mixture formed above on ice and mixed. The total volume of the reaction was 75 μL as described in Example 1.
TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ toĀ subjectedĀ toĀ aĀ conditionĀ cyclingĀ betweenĀ 15Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ andĀ 37Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ forĀ aĀ totalĀ ofĀ 36Ā cycles.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ brieflyĀ spunĀ  downĀ andĀ placedĀ onĀ aĀ magnetĀ forĀ 2Ā minutes.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ washedĀ onceĀ withĀ 100 μLĀ LSWB.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ 60 μLĀ 1XĀ HB.
4.Ā SecondĀ L-oligoĀ ligation
L-oligoĀ (theĀ sameĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1)Ā ,Ā ligaseĀ (NEBĀ #M0202T)Ā ,Ā andĀ T7Ā exoĀ (NEBĀ #M0263S)Ā wereĀ dilutedĀ inĀ 1XĀ HBĀ (Ā ā€œDilutedĀ concentrationā€Ā )Ā separatelyĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ TableĀ 15Ā below:
TableĀ 15.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000013
L-oligo (as described in Example 1) , ligase, and T7 exo were added to the 60 μL of beads from the previous step. The total volume of the reaction was 75 μL. See Table 3 above.
TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ toĀ subjectedĀ toĀ aĀ conditionĀ cyclingĀ betweenĀ 10Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ andĀ 37Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ forĀ aĀ totalĀ ofĀ 36Ā cycles.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ brieflyĀ spunĀ downĀ andĀ placedĀ onĀ aĀ magnetĀ forĀ 2Ā minutes.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ washedĀ twiceĀ withĀ 100 μLĀ LSWB.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ 60 μLĀ LSWB.
5.Ā PCR
TheĀ LSWBĀ bufferĀ wasĀ removedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadsĀ suspensionĀ andĀ theĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ aĀ PCRĀ mixtureĀ containingĀ primersĀ PCR1Ā andĀ PCR2Ā (sequencesĀ below)Ā andĀ 2XĀ KAPAĀ HiFiĀ (RocheĀ #7958935001)Ā .Ā AsĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ TableĀ 16Ā below:
TableĀ 16.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000015
PCR cycling was performed according to the condition in Table 5 for 5 cycles. The PCR products were then purified using 0.8X Ampure XP beads (160 μL) as described above. The purified product was eluted in 60 μL of TE buffer. A second round of PCR for 5 cycles was performed with the mix comprising the components in Table 17 and cycling conditions as shown in Table 5.
TableĀ 17.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000016
TheĀ PCRĀ productsĀ wereĀ againĀ purifiedĀ usingĀ 0.8XĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beadsĀ (320Ā ul)Ā usingĀ theĀ sameĀ stepsĀ asĀ aboveĀ andĀ elutedĀ inĀ 60Ā ulĀ ofĀ TE.Ā TheĀ purifiedĀ productsĀ wereĀ analyzedĀ byĀ electrophoresis.
ExampleĀ 6Ā EffectĀ ofĀ theĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ segmentaseĀ onĀ productĀ sizeĀ withĀ theĀ 2Ā stepĀ protocol
NickĀ ligationĀ reactionsĀ wereĀ performedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ differentĀ concentrationsĀ ofĀ SegmentaseĀ andĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligaseĀ followingĀ theĀ protocolsĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 5.Ā SeeĀ theĀ TableĀ 18Ā below.
TableĀ 18
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000018
TheĀ electrophoresisĀ resultsĀ ofĀ theĀ nickĀ ligationĀ productsĀ (afterĀ amplification)Ā areĀ shownĀ inĀ FIG.Ā 12C.
TheĀ resultsĀ indicateĀ thatĀ increasingĀ amountsĀ ofĀ SegmentaseĀ resultĀ inĀ progressivelyĀ shorterĀ insertĀ lengthsĀ andĀ theĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ formedĀ inĀ theseĀ reactionsĀ wereĀ suitableĀ forĀ sequencing.
ExampleĀ 7Ā TwoĀ roundsĀ ofĀ nickĀ ligationĀ usingĀ Masterase
1.Ā Pre-bindingĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ toĀ beads
BarcodedĀ beadĀ stockĀ solutionsĀ containingĀ 1Ā millionĀ beadsĀ perĀ microliterĀ (seeĀ (Cheng,Ā etĀ al.Ā 2018;Ā Wang,Ā etĀ al.Ā 2019)Ā forĀ aĀ descriptionĀ andĀ protocolĀ forĀ makingĀ beads)Ā wereĀ firstĀ washedĀ usingĀ LSWBĀ bufferĀ (LowĀ SaltĀ WashĀ Buffer:Ā 0.05Ā MĀ Tris-HClĀ pHĀ 7.5,Ā 0.15Ā MĀ NaCl,Ā andĀ 0.05%TweenĀ 20)Ā twice,Ā andĀ thenĀ withĀ 1XĀ HBĀ bufferĀ (3XĀ HB:Ā 30%PEG8000,Ā 150Ā mMĀ Tris-HClĀ pHĀ 7.8,Ā 30Ā mMĀ MgCl2,Ā 3Ā mMĀ ATP,Ā andĀ 0.15Ā mg/mLĀ BSA,Ā pHĀ 8.3)Ā once.
20 μL 3xHB buffer and water were added to each sample containing about 1 ng genomic DNA, resulting a mixture with a total volume of 45 μL. 30 million beads prepared as above were added to each sample and incubated at room temperature for 15 minutes.
2.Ā IncubationĀ withĀ singleĀ strandedĀ bidingĀ proteinĀ (SSB)
TheĀ SSBĀ reactionĀ wasĀ preparedĀ byĀ mixingĀ 2.37 μLĀ (3.75Ā ugĀ total)Ā ofĀ SSBĀ stockĀ solutionĀ inĀ 7.63 μLĀ 1xĀ HBĀ bufferĀ toĀ produceĀ 10 μLĀ SSBĀ mixture.Ā TheĀ 10 μLĀ SSBĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ addedĀ toĀ theĀ genomicĀ DNAĀ andĀ beadĀ mixtureĀ fromĀ theĀ previousĀ stepĀ andĀ incubatedĀ atĀ 37ā„ƒĀ forĀ 15Ā minutes.
3.Ā Nick-ligation
L-oligo,Ā ligaseĀ (NEBĀ #M0202T)Ā ,Ā MasteraseĀ (QiagenĀ #EN31-005)Ā ,Ā andĀ ExoĀ IIIĀ (NEBĀ #M0206S)Ā wereĀ dilutedĀ inĀ 1XĀ HBĀ (Ā ā€œDilutedĀ concentrationā€Ā )Ā separatelyĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ TableĀ 19.
TableĀ 19.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000019
L-oligo (as described in Example 1) , ligase, Segmentase, and ExoIII were added to the 55 μL bead-gDNA mixture formed above on ice and mixed. The total volume of the reaction was 75 μL. See Table 3.
TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ subjectedĀ toĀ aĀ conditionĀ cyclingĀ betweenĀ 10Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ andĀ 37Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ forĀ aĀ totalĀ ofĀ 36Ā cycles.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ brieflyĀ spunĀ downĀ andĀ placedĀ onĀ aĀ magnetĀ forĀ 2Ā minutes.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ washedĀ onceĀ withĀ 100 μLĀ LSWB.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ 60 μLĀ 1XĀ HB.
4.Ā SecondĀ L-oligoĀ ligation
L-oligoĀ (asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 1)Ā ,Ā ligaseĀ (NEBĀ #M0202T)Ā ,Ā andĀ T7Ā exoĀ (NEBĀ #M0263S)Ā wereĀ dilutedĀ inĀ 1XĀ HBĀ (Ā ā€œDilutedĀ concentrationā€Ā )Ā separatelyĀ accordingĀ toĀ TableĀ 20Ā below.
TableĀ 20
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000020
L-oligo (as described in Example 1) , ligase, and T7 exo were added to the 60 μL of beads from the previous step. The total volume of the reaction was 75 μL as show in Table 3:
TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ subjectedĀ toĀ aĀ conditionĀ cyclingĀ betweenĀ 10Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ andĀ 37Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ forĀ aĀ totalĀ ofĀ 36Ā cycles.Ā TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ wasĀ brieflyĀ spunĀ downĀ andĀ placedĀ onĀ aĀ magnetĀ forĀ 2Ā minutes.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ washedĀ twiceĀ withĀ 100 μLĀ LSWB.Ā TheĀ beadsĀ wereĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ 60 μLĀ LSWB.
5.Ā PCR
TheĀ LSWBĀ bufferĀ wasĀ removedĀ fromĀ theĀ beadsĀ suspensionĀ andĀ theĀ beadsĀ wereĀ thenĀ resuspendedĀ inĀ aĀ PCRĀ mixtureĀ containingĀ primersĀ PCR1Ā andĀ PCR2Ā (sequencesĀ below)Ā andĀ 2XĀ KAPAĀ HiFiĀ (RocheĀ #7958935001)Ā .Ā AsĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ TableĀ 21Ā below:
TableĀ 21
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000021
PCRĀ cyclingĀ wasĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ theĀ conditionĀ inĀ TableĀ 5Ā below:
TheĀ PCRĀ productsĀ wereĀ thenĀ purifiedĀ usingĀ 0.8XĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beadsĀ (160 μL)Ā (BeckmanĀ CoulterĀ #A63881)Ā BeadsĀ wereĀ washedĀ onceĀ inĀ 200Ā ulĀ ofĀ 0.8XĀ AmpureĀ washĀ bufferĀ (mixĀ 800Ā ulĀ ofĀ freshĀ AmpureĀ beadsĀ andĀ 1Ā mlĀ ofĀ TE,Ā placeĀ beadsĀ onĀ magnet,Ā collectĀ supernatant,Ā thisĀ isĀ theĀ washĀ buffer)Ā .Ā TheĀ remainĀ stepsĀ wereĀ performedĀ accordingĀ toĀ manufacturer’sĀ protocol.Ā andĀ theĀ productĀ wasĀ elutedĀ inĀ 60 μLĀ ofĀ TEĀ buffer.Ā AĀ secondĀ roundĀ ofĀ PCRĀ wasĀ performedĀ withĀ theĀ mixĀ comprisingĀ theĀ ingredientsĀ inĀ TableĀ 22Ā andĀ cyclingĀ conditionsĀ asĀ showĀ inĀ TableĀ 5,Ā exceptĀ thatĀ theĀ PCRĀ wasĀ performedĀ forĀ sevenĀ cycles.
TableĀ 22.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000023
TheĀ PCRĀ productsĀ wereĀ againĀ purifiedĀ usingĀ 0.8XĀ AmpureĀ XPĀ beadsĀ (320Ā ul)Ā usingĀ theĀ sameĀ stepsĀ asĀ aboveĀ andĀ elutedĀ inĀ 60Ā ulĀ ofĀ TE.Ā TheĀ purifiedĀ productsĀ wereĀ analyzedĀ byĀ electrophoresis.
ExampleĀ 8Ā EffectĀ ofĀ theĀ concentrationĀ ofĀ MasteraseĀ onĀ productĀ sizeĀ withĀ theĀ 2Ā stepĀ protocol
NickĀ ligationĀ reactionsĀ wereĀ performedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ differentĀ concentrationsĀ ofĀ MasteraseĀ andĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligaseĀ followingĀ theĀ protocolsĀ asĀ describedĀ inĀ ExampleĀ 7.Ā SeeĀ theĀ TableĀ 23Ā andĀ TableĀ 24Ā below.
TableĀ 23
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000024
TableĀ 24.
Figure PCTCN2022107241-appb-000025
*AsĀ describedĀ inĀ theĀ examples,Ā e.g.,Ā inĀ TablesĀ 23Ā andĀ 24,Ā ā€œ10C/37C,Ā x36ā€Ā refersĀ toĀ subjectingĀ theĀ reactionĀ toĀ aĀ conditionĀ cyclingĀ betweenĀ 10Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ andĀ 37Ā ā„ƒĀ forĀ 30Ā secondsĀ forĀ aĀ totalĀ ofĀ 36Ā cycles.
TheĀ electrophoresisĀ resultsĀ ofĀ theĀ nickĀ ligationĀ productsĀ (afterĀ amplification)Ā indicateĀ thatĀ increasingĀ amountsĀ ofĀ MasteraseĀ resultĀ inĀ progressivelyĀ shorterĀ insertĀ lengthsĀ andĀ increasingĀ amountsĀ ofĀ T4Ā ligaseĀ resultĀ inĀ progressivelyĀ longerĀ insertĀ lengths.Ā TheĀ fragmentsĀ areĀ formedĀ inĀ theseĀ reactionsĀ wereĀ suitableĀ forĀ sequencingĀ SeeĀ FIG.Ā 12D.

Claims (40)

  1. AĀ methodĀ forĀ preparingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ adapteredĀ polynucleotidesĀ forĀ sequencing,Ā comprising,Ā inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture:Ā contactingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks;
    (a)Ā providingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ beadsĀ eachĀ comprisingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adaptersĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ beadsĀ (b-BLAs)Ā andĀ providingĀ populationĀ ofĀ L-adaptersĀ withĀ aĀ degenerateĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus,
    whereinĀ eachĀ b-BLAĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotide,Ā whichĀ comprisesĀ aĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ sequence,Ā andĀ aĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ thatĀ isĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotide,
    whereinĀ eachĀ LĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ anĀ L-adapterĀ sequence,
    (b)Ā contactingĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ withĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligase,Ā wherebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,Ā and
    (c)Ā contactĀ theĀ populationĀ ofĀ L-adaptersĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligaseĀ therebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ L-adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments,
    therebyĀ obtainingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ havingĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ adapterĀ sequenceĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus.
  2. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.
  3. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ BLAĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ comprisingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ oneĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ complementaryĀ strandĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcodeĀ sequence,
    whereinĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ strandĀ inĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ viaĀ branchĀ ligation.
  4. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ anĀ enzymeĀ toĀ theĀ reactionĀ mixture,Ā whereinĀ theĀ enzymeĀ degradesĀ excessĀ b-BLAsĀ beforeĀ ligatingĀ theĀ L-adapter.
  5. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ comprisesĀ 1-10Ā degeneratedĀ basesĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus.
  6. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ isĀ inĀ solution,
    whereinĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,
    whereinĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead.
  7. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 5,Ā whereinĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ compriseĀ uracil,Ā whichĀ canĀ beĀ removedĀ toĀ releaseĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ fromĀ theĀ bead.
  8. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 5,Ā whereinĀ eachĀ beadĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ thereonĀ withĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ b-BLAsĀ andĀ theĀ eachĀ ofĀ theĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ b-BLAsĀ hasĀ theĀ sameĀ barcodeĀ sequence.
  9. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ extendingĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ thatĀ areĀ ligatedĀ withĀ bothĀ theĀ b-BLAĀ andĀ L-adapterĀ toĀ produceĀ anĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,Ā whereinĀ theĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ comprisesĀ aĀ copyĀ ofĀ theĀ barcode.
  10. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 8,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ circularizingĀ theĀ extendedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment.
  11. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 5,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ comprisesĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ beads,Ā eachĀ comprisingĀ aĀ uniqueĀ barcodeĀ sequence.
  12. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ regionĀ isĀ aĀ dideoxyĀ blockerĀ nucleotide.
  13. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ averageĀ lengthĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ isĀ betweenĀ 200Ā nucleotidesĀ andĀ 10000Ā nucleotides.
  14. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ greaterĀ thanĀ 50%ofĀ theĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaksĀ createdĀ inĀ stepĀ (a)Ā isĀ closedĀ byĀ ligationĀ inĀ stepĀ (b)Ā .
  15. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ isĀ selectedĀ fromĀ theĀ groupĀ consistingĀ ofĀ aĀ non-specificĀ nickingĀ nuclease,Ā aĀ site-specificĀ nickingĀ nuclease,Ā andĀ aĀ chemicalĀ nickingĀ agent.
  16. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ non-specificĀ nickaseĀ isĀ selectedĀ fromĀ theĀ groupĀ consistingĀ ofĀ aĀ Vvn,Ā aĀ ShrimpĀ dsDNAĀ specificĀ endonuclease,Ā andĀ aĀ DNAseĀ I.
  17. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā theĀ ligaseĀ isĀ T4Ā DNAĀ ligase.
  18. AĀ methodĀ forĀ preparingĀ aĀ libraryĀ ofĀ polynucleotidesĀ forĀ sequencingĀ comprisesĀ inĀ aĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixture:
    (a)Ā contactingĀ aĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ toĀ produceĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks;Ā and
    (b)Ā contactingĀ aĀ beadĀ comprisingĀ aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ withĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ ligase,
    whereinĀ eachĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ comprisingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ oneĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ complementaryĀ strandĀ andĀ (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ thatĀ isĀ immobilizedĀ onĀ aĀ bead,Ā whereinĀ theĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcode,
    therebyĀ ligatingĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ strandĀ inĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ usingĀ aĀ DNAĀ ligaseĀ toĀ produceĀ aĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,
    whereinĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ comprisesĀ theĀ barcodeĀ andĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragment,
    (c)Ā denaturingĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter
    (d)Ā performingĀ aĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ ofĀ aĀ primerĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ isĀ 3’ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ inĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ partiallyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ ligationĀ firstĀ adapter.
  19. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 18,Ā whereinĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ remainsĀ unligated,
    whereinĀ performingĀ theĀ controlledĀ extensionĀ comprisesĀ hybridizingĀ theĀ primerĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ aĀ sequenceĀ thatĀ isĀ 3’ relativeĀ toĀ theĀ barcodeĀ inĀ bothĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ theĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ partiallyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapterĀ andĀ aĀ fullyĀ extendedĀ strandĀ complementaryĀ toĀ theĀ unligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ mixtureĀ comprising:
    aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisingĀ theĀ ligatedĀ firstĀ adapter,
    whereinĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisesĀ aĀ shorterĀ strandĀ andĀ aĀ longerĀ strand,Ā and
    aĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ comprisingĀ theĀ unligatedĀ adapters.
  20. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 19,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ thatĀ hasĀ doubleĀ strandĀ DNAĀ exonucleaseĀ activity,Ā therebyĀ theĀ exonucleaseĀ degradesĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ molecule.
  21. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 19,Ā whereinĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprises
    addingĀ hairpinĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ mixtureĀ inĀ stepĀ (d)Ā underĀ ligation-permissibleĀ conditionsĀ therebyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ oneĀ hairpinĀ adapterĀ andĀ whereinĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ remainĀ unligatedĀ toĀ theĀ hairpinĀ adapter.
  22. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 21Ā orĀ claimĀ 20,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprises:
    (a)Ā extendingĀ theĀ shorterĀ strandĀ inĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ moleculeĀ strandĀ toĀ copyĀ theĀ sequenceĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ inĀ theĀ longerĀ strand,Ā therebyĀ producingĀ aĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ strand,Ā and
    (b)Ā ligatingĀ aĀ secondĀ adapterĀ toĀ theĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ furtherĀ extendedĀ strand.
  23. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 22,Ā whereinĀ extendingĀ theĀ shorterĀ strandĀ inĀ stepĀ (e)Ā isĀ performedĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ aĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ extendibleĀ nucleotidesĀ andĀ nucleotidesĀ havingĀ 3’ reversibleĀ blockingĀ groups,
    whereinĀ theĀ ligatingĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ inĀ stepĀ (f)Ā isĀ performedĀ afterĀ removalĀ ofĀ theĀ 3’ blockingĀ groups.
  24. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 23,Ā whereinĀ theĀ nucleotidesĀ havingĀ 3’ reversibleĀ blockingĀ groupsĀ areĀ addedĀ duringĀ differentĀ cycles.
  25. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 23,Ā whereinĀ theĀ secondĀ adapterĀ isĀ aĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ (BLA)Ā .
  26. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 23,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ extendingĀ theĀ ligatedĀ secondĀ branchĀ ligationĀ adapterĀ withĀ aĀ strandĀ displacementĀ polymerase.
  27. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ anyĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ isĀ boundĀ toĀ theĀ beadĀ beforeĀ theĀ stepĀ (a)Ā andĀ stepĀ (b)Ā .
  28. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 27,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ comprisesĀ incubatingĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ withĀ theĀ beadĀ forĀ aĀ periodĀ ofĀ 0-30Ā minutesĀ beforeĀ theĀ nickingĀ inĀ stepĀ (a)Ā .
  29. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 28,Ā whereinĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ isĀ incubatedĀ withĀ theĀ beadĀ inĀ aĀ bufferĀ comprisingĀ 3-12%PEG.
  30. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ anyĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ pHĀ ofĀ theĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ isĀ 7-9.
  31. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ anyĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ theĀ stepĀ (a)Ā occursĀ inĀ theĀ presenceĀ ofĀ theĀ ligase.
  32. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ anyĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ theĀ oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agentsĀ andĀ ligasesĀ areĀ chosenĀ suchĀ thatĀ theĀ rateĀ ofĀ ligatingĀ isĀ higherĀ thanĀ theĀ rateĀ ofĀ nicking.
  33. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ theĀ methodĀ furtherĀ comprisesĀ afterĀ stepĀ (b)Ā removingĀ aĀ DNAĀ strandĀ ofĀ theĀ firstĀ adapterĀ thatĀ isĀ notĀ ligatedĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentĀ byĀ denaturingĀ theĀ reactionĀ mixture.
  34. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ anyĀ ofĀ claimsĀ 1-26,Ā whereinĀ stepĀ (a)Ā furtherĀ comprisesĀ addingĀ toĀ theĀ singleĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ anĀ exonucleaseĀ toĀ increaseĀ theĀ gapĀ ofĀ theĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks.
  35. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 34,Ā whereinĀ theĀ increasedĀ gapĀ hasĀ aĀ lengthĀ ofĀ 1-30Ā bases.
  36. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 1,Ā whereinĀ nickingĀ theĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ andĀ ligatingĀ theĀ b-BLAsĀ andĀ theĀ L-adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ lastĀ atĀ leastĀ 30Ā minutes.
  37. TheĀ methodĀ ofĀ claimĀ 18,Ā whereinĀ nickingĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ targetĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ andĀ ligatingĀ theĀ firstĀ adaptersĀ toĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ lastĀ atĀ leastĀ 30Ā minutes.
  38. AĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ comprising
    (1)Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ nickingĀ agents,
    (2)Ā oneĀ orĀ moreĀ ligases,
    (3)Ā aĀ pluralityĀ ofĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ separatedĀ byĀ staggeredĀ single-strandedĀ breaks.
    (4)Ā aĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ branchĀ adapterĀ comprisingĀ aĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ andĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ hybridizedĀ toĀ eachĀ otherĀ toĀ formĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ molecule,
    whereinĀ theĀ barcodeĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ joinedĀ toĀ aĀ beadĀ andĀ comprisesĀ aĀ barcode,
    whereinĀ theĀ hybridizationĀ oligonucleotideĀ isĀ notĀ joinedĀ toĀ theĀ bead,
    whereinĀ theĀ partiallyĀ double-strandedĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ moleculeĀ comprises
    (i)Ā aĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ havingĀ aĀ 5’ terminusĀ andĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ and
    (ii)Ā aĀ single-strandedĀ regionĀ comprisingĀ theĀ barcodeĀ andĀ havingĀ aĀ single-strandedĀ end,
    whereinĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ double-strandedĀ bluntĀ endĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ aĀ 3’ terminusĀ ofĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ overlappingĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragments.
  39. TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ claimĀ 38,Ā whereinĀ theĀ 5’ terminusĀ ofĀ theĀ atĀ leastĀ oneĀ ofĀ theĀ nucleicĀ acidĀ fragmentsĀ isĀ ligatedĀ toĀ anĀ L-adapter.
  40. TheĀ reactionĀ mixtureĀ ofĀ claimĀ 38,Ā whereinĀ theĀ L-adapterĀ comprisesĀ 1-10Ā degenerateĀ basesĀ atĀ theĀ 3’ terminus.
PCT/CN2022/107241 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-ligate stlfr Ceased WO2023001262A1 (en)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020237044393A KR20240013182A (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-ligation STLFR
JP2024503572A JP2024527626A (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-linked STLFR
CA3219555A CA3219555A1 (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-ligate stlfr
US18/575,985 US20240240174A1 (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-ligate stlfr
CN202280051567.4A CN118019856A (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Gap - Connect STLFR
MX2023014612A MX2023014612A (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-ligate stlfr.
IL310293A IL310293A (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-ligate stlfr
EP22845425.2A EP4373959A4 (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 NICK-LIGAT-STLFR
AU2022313376A AU2022313376A1 (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-ligate stlfr

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163224731P 2021-07-22 2021-07-22
US63/224,731 2021-07-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023001262A1 true WO2023001262A1 (en) 2023-01-26

Family

ID=84978956

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/107241 Ceased WO2023001262A1 (en) 2021-07-22 2022-07-22 Nick-ligate stlfr

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (1) US20240240174A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4373959A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2024527626A (en)
KR (1) KR20240013182A (en)
CN (1) CN118019856A (en)
AU (1) AU2022313376A1 (en)
CA (1) CA3219555A1 (en)
IL (1) IL310293A (en)
MX (1) MX2023014612A (en)
WO (1) WO2023001262A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110520542A (en) * 2017-03-23 2019-11-29 åŽē››é”æå¤§å­¦ Methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence enrichment and use in error-corrected nucleic acid sequencing
CN111295443A (en) * 2017-11-02 2020-06-16 ē”Ÿē‰©č¾å°„å®žéŖŒå®¤č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Transposase-Based Genome Analysis
WO2020157684A1 (en) * 2019-01-29 2020-08-06 Mgi Tech Co., Ltd. High coverage stlfr
WO2020185967A1 (en) * 2019-03-11 2020-09-17 Red Genomics, Inc. Methods and reagents for enhanced next generation sequencing library conversion and insertion of barcodes into nucleic acids.

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2495337A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2012-09-05 Callida Genomics, Inc. High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays
AU2019280712B2 (en) * 2018-06-06 2025-11-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of producing nucleic acid libraries and compositions and kits for practicing same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110520542A (en) * 2017-03-23 2019-11-29 åŽē››é”æå¤§å­¦ Methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence enrichment and use in error-corrected nucleic acid sequencing
CN111295443A (en) * 2017-11-02 2020-06-16 ē”Ÿē‰©č¾å°„å®žéŖŒå®¤č‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Transposase-Based Genome Analysis
WO2020157684A1 (en) * 2019-01-29 2020-08-06 Mgi Tech Co., Ltd. High coverage stlfr
WO2020185967A1 (en) * 2019-03-11 2020-09-17 Red Genomics, Inc. Methods and reagents for enhanced next generation sequencing library conversion and insertion of barcodes into nucleic acids.

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4373959A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4373959A4 (en) 2025-08-06
AU2022313376A1 (en) 2023-11-16
MX2023014612A (en) 2024-01-25
IL310293A (en) 2024-03-01
KR20240013182A (en) 2024-01-30
CA3219555A1 (en) 2023-01-26
CN118019856A (en) 2024-05-10
US20240240174A1 (en) 2024-07-18
EP4373959A1 (en) 2024-05-29
JP2024527626A (en) 2024-07-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20250109426A1 (en) Compositions and methods for targeted depletion, enrichment, and partitioning of nucleic acids using crispr/cas system proteins
US10640818B2 (en) Compositions and methods for selection of nucleic acids
JP2024160269A (en) Dislocations that maintain continuity
KR20210114918A (en) complex surface-bound transposomal complex
US20250027229A1 (en) High coverage stlfr
WO2016154540A1 (en) Physical linkage preservation in dna storage
US20220307081A1 (en) Method for Removing and/or Detecting Nucleic Acids Having Mismatched Nucleotides
JP7780951B2 (en) Compositions and methods for nucleotide modification-based depletion
US20240043924A1 (en) Determining long dna sequence using short mps reads
WO2023001262A1 (en) Nick-ligate stlfr
WO2024022207A1 (en) Methods of in-solution positional co-barcoding for sequencing long dna molecules
US20240279644A1 (en) Template mutagenesis for improved assembly of sequence reads
HK40051557B (en) High coverage stlfr
EP4605523A1 (en) Oligonucleotides and methods for capturing single-stranded templates and/or templates with 3&#39; overhangs
JP2024172618A (en) CRISPR Nuclease Off-Target Detection by Sequencing (CROFT-Seq)
HK40051557A (en) High coverage stlfr
HK1248767A1 (en) Adaptor ligation method, library construction method and kit for double-stranded nucleic acid fragments

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22845425

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022313376

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: AU2022313376

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022313376

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20220722

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 3219555

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11202308225T

Country of ref document: SG

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2023/014612

Country of ref document: MX

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112023025664

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237044393

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020237044393

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 18575985

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024503572

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 310293

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280051567.4

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202417010369

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022845425

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022845425

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240222

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01E

Ref document number: 112023025664

Country of ref document: BR

Free format text: APRESENTE NOVAS FOLHAS DO RELATORIO DESCRITIVO ADAPTADAS AO ART. 37 DA INSTRUCAO NORMATIVA/INPI/NO 31/2013, UMA VEZ QUE O CONTEUDO ENVIADO NA PETICAO NO 870230107825 DE 06/12/2023 ENCONTRA-SE FORA DA NORMA, ESTANDO A NUMERACAO DAS TABELAS INCORRETAS CONTENDO NUMERACAO REPETIDA. A EXIGENCIA DEVE SER RESPONDIDA EM ATE 60 (SESSENTA) DIAS DE SUA PUBLICACAO E DEVE SER REALIZADA POR MEIO DA PETICAO GRU CODIGO DE SERVICO 207

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112023025664

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20231206